CA1273010A - Carbapenem process - Google Patents
Carbapenem processInfo
- Publication number
- CA1273010A CA1273010A CA000461853A CA461853A CA1273010A CA 1273010 A CA1273010 A CA 1273010A CA 000461853 A CA000461853 A CA 000461853A CA 461853 A CA461853 A CA 461853A CA 1273010 A CA1273010 A CA 1273010A
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- group
- carbon atoms
- phenyl
- ring
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 40
- YZBQHRLRFGPBSL-RXMQYKEDSA-N carbapenem Chemical compound C1C=CN2C(=O)C[C@H]21 YZBQHRLRFGPBSL-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 27
- -1 araliphatic Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 104
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims abstract description 77
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 138
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 87
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 70
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 66
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 64
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 64
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical group [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005119 alkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 80
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 65
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 63
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 55
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 45
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 38
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 31
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 28
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 24
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 19
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 18
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 13
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 11
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 11
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 7
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 229940083608 sodium hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003739 carbamimidoyl group Chemical group C(N)(=N)* 0.000 description 5
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OIRDBPQYVWXNSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl trifluoromethansulfonate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F OIRDBPQYVWXNSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;potassium Chemical compound [K].OP(O)(O)=O PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 4
- QWXYZCJEXYQNEI-OSZHWHEXSA-N intermediate I Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@]1(C=O)[C@H]2CC=[N+](C\C2=C\C)CCc2c1[nH]c1ccccc21 QWXYZCJEXYQNEI-OSZHWHEXSA-N 0.000 description 4
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000002633 protecting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 4
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001024304 Mino Species 0.000 description 3
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 101100073357 Streptomyces halstedii sch2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- BHIIGRBMZRSDRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [chloro(phenoxy)phosphoryl]oxybenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(=O)(Cl)OC1=CC=CC=C1 BHIIGRBMZRSDRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PBCJIPOGFJYBJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile;hydrate Chemical compound O.CC#N PBCJIPOGFJYBJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004132 diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanethioic S-acid Chemical compound CC(S)=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000006503 p-nitrobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000005633 phthalidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- VOLGAXAGEUPBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N $l^{1}-oxidanylethane Chemical compound CC[O] VOLGAXAGEUPBDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AHQTYUNPLZYCOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane;ethanol;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCO.C1COCCO1 AHQTYUNPLZYCOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 2
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 102100038916 Caspase-5 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diazomethane Chemical compound C=[N+]=[N-] YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100112336 Homo sapiens CASP5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 101100273286 Mus musculus Casp4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CODNYICXDISAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine monochloride Chemical compound BrCl CODNYICXDISAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 2
- GKIRPKYJQBWNGO-OCEACIFDSA-N clomifene Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCN(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(\C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C(\Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 GKIRPKYJQBWNGO-OCEACIFDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002178 crystalline material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)OC VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHUSSMUVAUQBHE-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate propan-2-ol Chemical compound [K+].[K+].CC(C)O.OP([O-])([O-])=O VHUSSMUVAUQBHE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- XMYUKSXHYURGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methyltetrazole-5-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=1N=NN(C)N=1 XMYUKSXHYURGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002941 palladium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VYQLXFDWYFQLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-thiophen-2-ylacetate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)CC1=CC=CS1 VYQLXFDWYFQLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005956 quaternization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- QSVIPMCKMFNXGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-[(2-methyltetrazol-5-yl)methyl] ethanethioate Chemical compound CC(=O)SCC=1N=NN(C)N=1 QSVIPMCKMFNXGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FBCYVVWNGZKMJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazol-4-ylmethyl methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCC1=CSN=N1 FBCYVVWNGZKMJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+)-estrone Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)=O)C4C3CCC2=C1 DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLOXIQCACSRABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-O (1,3-dimethyltetrazol-1-ium-5-yl)methanethiol Chemical compound CN1N=C(CS)[N+](C)=N1 NLOXIQCACSRABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- ZPPWBMOFDDGRNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O (2-methylthiadiazol-2-ium-4-yl)methanethiol Chemical compound C[N+]1=NC(CS)=CS1 ZPPWBMOFDDGRNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- PDVFSPNIEOYOQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PDVFSPNIEOYOQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUQSHRXUEGEMBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl 4-nitrobenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 KUQSHRXUEGEMBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WANLLPADDCXPGO-WMKJBNATSA-N (6r,9s,12s)-3-[(2s)-butan-2-yl]-6-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-9-[6-(oxiran-2-yl)-6-oxohexyl]-1,4,7,10-tetrazabicyclo[10.4.0]hexadecane-2,5,8,11-tetrone Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C(=O)NC(C(N2CCCC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCCC(=O)C2OC2)C(=O)N1)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 WANLLPADDCXPGO-WMKJBNATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDWQLICBSFIDRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trifluoropropane Chemical compound CCC(F)(F)F KDWQLICBSFIDRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-non-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCN=C2CCCN21 SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUFQTNFCRMXOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylmethylene Chemical compound C[CH] UUFQTNFCRMXOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- SYOANZBNGDEJFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydro-1h-triazole Chemical compound C1NNN=C1 SYOANZBNGDEJFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYWKEVKEKOTYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dibromo-4-chloroiminocyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-one Chemical compound ClN=C1C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C1 JYWKEVKEKOTYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUAQLLVFLMYYJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopropiophenone Chemical compound CC(N)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PUAQLLVFLMYYJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDECRAPHCDXMIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O HDECRAPHCDXMIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRESBNUEIKZECD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyltetrazole Chemical class CN1N=CN=N1 VRESBNUEIKZECD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRPWZRAPMJYAAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-triazole;hydrobromide Chemical compound [Br-].[NH2+]1C=CN=N1 SRPWZRAPMJYAAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXCDLJXPZVCHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpent-1-yn-3-yl carbamate Chemical compound CCC(C)(C#C)OC(N)=O GXCDLJXPZVCHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHLOQBSNUXSCDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(thiadiazol-4-ylmethoxymethyl)thiadiazole Chemical compound C=1SN=NC=1COCC1=CSN=N1 JHLOQBSNUXSCDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMMHZIBWCXYAAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 KMMHZIBWCXYAAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZGLNCKSNVGDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2h-tetrazole Chemical compound CC=1N=NNN=1 XZGLNCKSNVGDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150034533 ATIC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WANLLPADDCXPGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyl-2 Natural products N1C(=O)C(CCCCCC(=O)C2OC2)NC(=O)C2CCCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 WANLLPADDCXPGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010063406 Cyl-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical group [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100273207 Dictyostelium discoideum carC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100130497 Drosophila melanogaster Mical gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150039033 Eci2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100345589 Mus musculus Mical1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000183024 Populus tremula Species 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061926 Purulence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000022563 Rema Species 0.000 description 1
- NLLWRTOABUMAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N S-[(3-methyl-2H-thiadiazol-4-yl)methyl] ethanethioate Chemical compound CN1NSC=C1CSC(C)=O NLLWRTOABUMAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241001122767 Theaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000473945 Theria <moth genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 description 1
- WKDDRNSBRWANNC-ATRFCDNQSA-N Thienamycin Chemical compound C1C(SCCN)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)C)[C@H]21 WKDDRNSBRWANNC-ATRFCDNQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKDDRNSBRWANNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thienamycin Natural products C1C(SCCN)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)C(C(O)C)C21 WKDDRNSBRWANNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triiodomethane Natural products IC(I)I OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEZICNJAMKJQMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2,4,6-tri(propan-2-yl)phenyl]sulfonyl 2,4,6-tri(propan-2-yl)benzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC(C(C)C)=CC(C(C)C)=C1S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C1=C(C(C)C)C=C(C(C)C)C=C1C(C)C UEZICNJAMKJQMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGYIJVNZSDYBOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C1=CC=NC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C1=CC=NC=C1 DGYIJVNZSDYBOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSRXQXXHDIAVJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile;n,n-dimethylformamide Chemical compound CC#N.CN(C)C=O DSRXQXXHDIAVJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical compound [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019730 animal feed additive Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003782 beta lactam antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041011 carbapenems Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000645 desinfectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- FDSGHYHRLSWSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;propan-2-one Chemical compound ClCCl.CC(C)=O FDSGHYHRLSWSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CHDFNIZLAAFFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxyethane;oxolane Chemical compound CCOCC.C1CCOC1 CHDFNIZLAAFFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMPPMYKMIXZZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 1-methyltetrazole-5-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=NN=NN1C JMPPMYKMIXZZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVJJYOAPXBPQQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-azidoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CN=[N+]=[N-] HVJJYOAPXBPQQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBEHAOGLPHSQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2h-tetrazole-5-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=1N=NNN=1 JBEHAOGLPHSQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UREBWPXBXRYXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;methanol Chemical compound OC.CCOC(C)=O UREBWPXBXRYXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQJJJMRNHATNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl bromoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CBr PQJJJMRNHATNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl chloroformate Chemical compound CCOC(Cl)=O RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBUHTNOJXVICFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl thiadiazole-4-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CSN=N1 FBUHTNOJXVICFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- MEEWSBNOBXBASQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M fluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)[CH]F MEEWSBNOBXBASQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002140 halogenating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006502 nitrobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940099990 ogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N propynoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C#C UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102220058910 rs786201402 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- UKCPEPZRDSQSCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-(thiadiazol-4-ylmethyl) ethanethioate Chemical compound CC(=O)SCC1=CSN=N1 UKCPEPZRDSQSCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNVCNUGAFGQKIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-[(2-methylthiadiazol-2-ium-4-yl)methyl] ethanethioate Chemical compound CC(=O)SCC1=CS[N+](C)=N1 JNVCNUGAFGQKIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXNROVLKPWSNJO-UHFFFAOYSA-M s-[(2-methylthiadiazol-2-ium-4-yl)methyl] ethanethioate;trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CC(=O)SCC1=CS[N+](C)=N1 YXNROVLKPWSNJO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LPVPSMGQTYUEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-[(3-methyl-2h-thiadiazol-2-ium-4-yl)methyl] ethanethioate;trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CN1[NH2+]SC=C1CSC(C)=O LPVPSMGQTYUEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- BBMHARZCALWXSL-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogenphosphate monohydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O BBMHARZCALWXSL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RSASPWMZKNIURZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-thiophen-2-ylacetate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC1=CC=CS1 RSASPWMZKNIURZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CHHDHVBATKGUSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol Chemical compound OCC1=CSN=N1 CHHDHVBATKGUSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJZYBDPHAHGHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CSN=N1 HJZYBDPHAHGHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005458 thianyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SMJRBWINMFUUDS-UHFFFAOYSA-M thien-2-ylacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC1=CC=CS1 SMJRBWINMFUUDS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioacetate Chemical compound CC([S-])=O DUYAAUVXQSMXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004954 trialkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940055764 triaz Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006000 trichloroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10D—INORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
- H10D89/00—Aspects of integrated devices not covered by groups H10D84/00 - H10D88/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
- C07D213/32—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
- C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
- C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
- C07D285/04—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
- C07D285/06—1,2,3-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-thiadiazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D477/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. carbapenicillins, thienamycins; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulphur-containing hetero ring
- C07D477/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. carbapenicillins, thienamycins; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulphur-containing hetero ring with hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 4, and with a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 2
- C07D477/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. carbapenicillins, thienamycins; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulphur-containing hetero ring with hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 4, and with a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 2 with hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, attached in position 6
- C07D477/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. carbapenicillins, thienamycins; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulphur-containing hetero ring with hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 4, and with a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 2 with hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, attached in position 6 with hetero atoms or carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 3
- C07D477/20—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/6561—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
- C07F9/65611—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings containing the ring system (X = CH2, O, S, NH) optionally with an additional double bond and/or substituents, e.g. penicillins and analogs
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Abstract
ABSTRACT
Disclosed is a new and more efficient process for producing carbapenem antibiotic derivatives having a 2-substituent of the general formula in which A represents a C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene group; R5 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic, heteroaryl, heteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-aliphatic radical; and
Disclosed is a new and more efficient process for producing carbapenem antibiotic derivatives having a 2-substituent of the general formula in which A represents a C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene group; R5 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic, heteroaryl, heteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-aliphatic radical; and
Description
3~
SY-1767 .
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention The present invention is directed to a new process for the preparation of carbapenem antibiotics having a 2-substituent of the formula ~ 63 5 -S-A- ~ -R
in which A represents a Cl-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene group; R5 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic, cyclo-aliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic, hetero-aryl, heteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-aliphatic radical; and N-~ .
represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle attached to the alkylene group A at a ring carbon atom and quaternized by substituent R5.
SY-1767 .
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention The present invention is directed to a new process for the preparation of carbapenem antibiotics having a 2-substituent of the formula ~ 63 5 -S-A- ~ -R
in which A represents a Cl-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene group; R5 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic, cyclo-aliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic, hetero-aryl, heteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-aliphatic radical; and N-~ .
represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle attached to the alkylene group A at a ring carbon atom and quaternized by substituent R5.
2. Description of the P.rior Art The carbapenem derivatives prepared by the process of the present invention are disclosed and claimed by my colleague, ~.
.
' ~ . "' _ 3 _ Choung J. Rim, in U.S. Patent No. 4,644,061, is~ued F~bruary 17, 1987.
The a~orementioned U.S. P~tsnt No. 4,644,061 di~close~
preparation o carbapsnem ntibiotic~ of the formula R~ A~3~R5 COOR
wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is selected from the group consist-ing of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl ~nd alkynyl, having from 1-10 caxbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, h~terocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are indepen-dently selected ~rom the group consisting of Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo, hydroxy or caxboxyl halo -oR3 ~,V~73 _<~, NR3 - S~NR R
o -NHCNR R
- CO~R
=O
- OCR
-~R
1l -~R
-CN
R g - O ISl - R
-NR3~-R
-O~ (O) (oR3 ) (OR ) -NR3C=NR
-NR3(::02R
~herein, relative to the above-named substituents, the gxoups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogeni alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl, cyclo-alkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms/ or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is at-tached may form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containin~ hetero-cyclic ring; R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein Rl and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aral-kenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R
radicals are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents indepen-dently selected from:
Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoso, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
- oR3 ;
-oco2R3;
_ oco~ 3;
-OCONR R ;
o~ ~
-- 6 -- .
o -O~-R9;
-oxo;
N~3R4;
R3CoNR4-;
-NR3Co2R ;
-NR3CoNR3R4;
-oR3,;
-~-R ;
O O
~ g -S-R ;
-SO3R ;
-CO2R ;
-CONR R ;
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, bromo, Cl-C6 alkyl ~ -oR3, -NR3R4, -So3R3, -Co2R3 ~r -CoNR3R , wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R substituents are as defined above; or R may be attached to N
at another point on the ring so as to form a ~used heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain additional hetero atoms selected from 0, S and N;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moleties; spirocycloalkyl having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and ~7;3~ 3 -- 7 ~
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are selected from the group consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino, nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
A is Cl-C6~straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a pro-tecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi- or poly-cyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one nitrogen in the ring and attached to A through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the group R5;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, by the process shown in the following reaction scheme:
R8 E~
R
~ N 2' ~' COOR
III
R 8 ~I R , Rl~L H~
O~ N COOR2 Rl~
II .
Rl ~/~_S--A~N -R X
l l optional 0~ N 1~ COOR2 de-blocking ~ H R15 R1 ~--A~N -R
O COOR
In a preferred variant of the above process, the scheme is modified as shown below:
. .
~'~7~`t:~ ~
_ g _ R1 ~ -A ~ N de-blocking N C~OR
II Rl5 R~
COOH
IIa 15 R1 ~ ~ N -R5 N COOe Ia To elaborate on the above pxocess, starting material III is reacted in an inert organic solvent such as methylene chloride, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide with about an equi-molar amount of an agent R-L such as p-toluenesulfonic acid anhydride, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid anhydride, 2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonic acid anhydride, methanesulonic acid anhydride, trifluoromethane sulfonic acid anhydride, diphenyl chlorophosphate, toluenesulfonyl chloride, p-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride, or the like, wherein L is the corresponding leaving group such as toluenesulfonyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy, and other leaving groups which are estab-lished by conventional procedures and are well-known in the art.
The reaction to establish the leaving group at the 2-position of intermediate III is advantageously carried out in the presence of a base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4~
dimethylaminopyridine, or the like, at a temperature of ~rom about -20 to +40C, most preferably at about 0C. The leaving group L of intermediate IV may also be halogen in which case such group is established by reacting intermediate III with a halo-genating agent such as 03PCl2, 03PBr2, (0O)3P~r2, o~alylchloride or th~. like in a solvent such as CH2Cl2, CH3CN, THF, or the like, in the presence o~ a base such as diisopropylethylamine, tri-ethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, or the like. Intermediate `'~ ,.
..:
a~ q IV may be isolated if desired, but is conveniently used for the next step without isolation or purification.
Intermediate IY is next converted to intermediate II by a conventional displacement reaction. Thus, intermediate IV may be reacted with approximately an equimolar amount of a hetero-aralkyl mercaptan reagent of the formula HS -A ~ N
wherein A represents C1 C6 straight or branched chain alkylene and ~ N
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an inert organic solvent such as dioxane, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile and in the presence of a base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium carbonate or 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The temperature for the displacement is not critical, but an advanta-geous temperature range is from about -40C to 25C. Most conveniently, the reaction is carried out with cooling, e.g. at about 0C to -10C.
Quaternization of the ring nitrogen in the hetero-aralkyl group of intermediate II i5 carried out by reacting intermediate II in an inert organic solvent with at least an equivalent lup to about a 50% molar excess) of an alkylating agent of the formula ~5 X' wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional leaving group such as halo ~chloro, bromo or iodo, most preferably iodo) or a sul~onate est~x moiety such as a mesylate, tosylate or triflate. Examples of suitable non-reactive organic solvents are chloroform, methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, acetone, dimethylsulfoxide and dimethylfonnamide. The temperature for the alkylation reaction is not critical and temperatures in the range of from about 0C to 40C are preferred. Most conveniently, the reaction step is carried out at room temperature.
Intermediate I' will have a counter ion X' (e.g.
derived from the alkylating agent used) associated with it which at this stage or at a later stage, i.e. following the de-blocking step, may be substituted by a different counter ion, e.g. one which is more pharmaceutically acceptable, by conventional procedures. Alternatively, the counter ion may be subse~uently removed during the de-blocking step.
The de-blocking step to remove the carboxyl-protecting group R2 of intermediate I' is accomplished by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydro-genation. Where a protecting group such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzyl, benzhydryl or 2-naphthylmethyl is used which can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation, intermediate I' in a suitable solvent such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-a~ueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the like may be treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like at a temperature of ~rom 0 to 50C for from about 0.24 to 4 hours.
When R2 is a group such as o-nitrobenzyl, photolysis may also be used for de-blockiny. Protecting groups such as 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a palladium compound and triphenyl phosphir.e in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional iL~ 730~
carboxyl-protecting groups may be removed by methods known to those skilled in the axt. Finally, as mentioned above, compounds of Formula I' where R2 is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without de-blocking since such esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.
The above-described process has several disadvantages.
Thus, for example, the process involves several steps which advantageously could be reduced in number. The overall reaction yield is also quite low and the quaternization step is per~oxmed on the carbapenem compound per se. It would be desirable to have a new process for producing compounds of Formula I which (1) involves fewer steps, (2) gives higher yields, (3) allows the quaternized amine to be formed first and then attached to the carbapenem nucleus at a later stage in the synthesis and (4) can be used to more easily form quaternary amine products with a wide variety of amines, i.e. amines with steric hindrance and those with low pKb values.
~73~
SUMM~RY OF TH~: INVE:NTI ON
The present invention provides a novel process for preparation of carbapenem derivatives of the formula Rl~S-A~p_R5 I
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group consist-ing of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-lO carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are i.ndepen-dently selected from the group consisting of Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo, hydroxy or carboxyl hal3o -OR
_ollNR3R4 -CNR R
~NR
' . ~ .. ,.. :.. - ..
,.
o - S-NR R
o R3 ~NR4 -o - ol IR3 -oR3 Il 9 -SR
-CN
-N
.
' ~ . "' _ 3 _ Choung J. Rim, in U.S. Patent No. 4,644,061, is~ued F~bruary 17, 1987.
The a~orementioned U.S. P~tsnt No. 4,644,061 di~close~
preparation o carbapsnem ntibiotic~ of the formula R~ A~3~R5 COOR
wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is selected from the group consist-ing of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl ~nd alkynyl, having from 1-10 caxbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, h~terocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are indepen-dently selected ~rom the group consisting of Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo, hydroxy or caxboxyl halo -oR3 ~,V~73 _<~, NR3 - S~NR R
o -NHCNR R
- CO~R
=O
- OCR
-~R
1l -~R
-CN
R g - O ISl - R
-NR3~-R
-O~ (O) (oR3 ) (OR ) -NR3C=NR
-NR3(::02R
~herein, relative to the above-named substituents, the gxoups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogeni alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl, cyclo-alkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms/ or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is at-tached may form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containin~ hetero-cyclic ring; R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein Rl and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aral-kenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R
radicals are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents indepen-dently selected from:
Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoso, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
- oR3 ;
-oco2R3;
_ oco~ 3;
-OCONR R ;
o~ ~
-- 6 -- .
o -O~-R9;
-oxo;
N~3R4;
R3CoNR4-;
-NR3Co2R ;
-NR3CoNR3R4;
-oR3,;
-~-R ;
O O
~ g -S-R ;
-SO3R ;
-CO2R ;
-CONR R ;
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, bromo, Cl-C6 alkyl ~ -oR3, -NR3R4, -So3R3, -Co2R3 ~r -CoNR3R , wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R substituents are as defined above; or R may be attached to N
at another point on the ring so as to form a ~used heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain additional hetero atoms selected from 0, S and N;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moleties; spirocycloalkyl having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and ~7;3~ 3 -- 7 ~
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are selected from the group consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino, nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
A is Cl-C6~straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a pro-tecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi- or poly-cyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one nitrogen in the ring and attached to A through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the group R5;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, by the process shown in the following reaction scheme:
R8 E~
R
~ N 2' ~' COOR
III
R 8 ~I R , Rl~L H~
O~ N COOR2 Rl~
II .
Rl ~/~_S--A~N -R X
l l optional 0~ N 1~ COOR2 de-blocking ~ H R15 R1 ~--A~N -R
O COOR
In a preferred variant of the above process, the scheme is modified as shown below:
. .
~'~7~`t:~ ~
_ g _ R1 ~ -A ~ N de-blocking N C~OR
II Rl5 R~
COOH
IIa 15 R1 ~ ~ N -R5 N COOe Ia To elaborate on the above pxocess, starting material III is reacted in an inert organic solvent such as methylene chloride, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide with about an equi-molar amount of an agent R-L such as p-toluenesulfonic acid anhydride, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid anhydride, 2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonic acid anhydride, methanesulonic acid anhydride, trifluoromethane sulfonic acid anhydride, diphenyl chlorophosphate, toluenesulfonyl chloride, p-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride, or the like, wherein L is the corresponding leaving group such as toluenesulfonyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy, and other leaving groups which are estab-lished by conventional procedures and are well-known in the art.
The reaction to establish the leaving group at the 2-position of intermediate III is advantageously carried out in the presence of a base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4~
dimethylaminopyridine, or the like, at a temperature of ~rom about -20 to +40C, most preferably at about 0C. The leaving group L of intermediate IV may also be halogen in which case such group is established by reacting intermediate III with a halo-genating agent such as 03PCl2, 03PBr2, (0O)3P~r2, o~alylchloride or th~. like in a solvent such as CH2Cl2, CH3CN, THF, or the like, in the presence o~ a base such as diisopropylethylamine, tri-ethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, or the like. Intermediate `'~ ,.
..:
a~ q IV may be isolated if desired, but is conveniently used for the next step without isolation or purification.
Intermediate IY is next converted to intermediate II by a conventional displacement reaction. Thus, intermediate IV may be reacted with approximately an equimolar amount of a hetero-aralkyl mercaptan reagent of the formula HS -A ~ N
wherein A represents C1 C6 straight or branched chain alkylene and ~ N
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an inert organic solvent such as dioxane, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile and in the presence of a base such as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium carbonate or 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The temperature for the displacement is not critical, but an advanta-geous temperature range is from about -40C to 25C. Most conveniently, the reaction is carried out with cooling, e.g. at about 0C to -10C.
Quaternization of the ring nitrogen in the hetero-aralkyl group of intermediate II i5 carried out by reacting intermediate II in an inert organic solvent with at least an equivalent lup to about a 50% molar excess) of an alkylating agent of the formula ~5 X' wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional leaving group such as halo ~chloro, bromo or iodo, most preferably iodo) or a sul~onate est~x moiety such as a mesylate, tosylate or triflate. Examples of suitable non-reactive organic solvents are chloroform, methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, acetone, dimethylsulfoxide and dimethylfonnamide. The temperature for the alkylation reaction is not critical and temperatures in the range of from about 0C to 40C are preferred. Most conveniently, the reaction step is carried out at room temperature.
Intermediate I' will have a counter ion X' (e.g.
derived from the alkylating agent used) associated with it which at this stage or at a later stage, i.e. following the de-blocking step, may be substituted by a different counter ion, e.g. one which is more pharmaceutically acceptable, by conventional procedures. Alternatively, the counter ion may be subse~uently removed during the de-blocking step.
The de-blocking step to remove the carboxyl-protecting group R2 of intermediate I' is accomplished by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydro-genation. Where a protecting group such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzyl, benzhydryl or 2-naphthylmethyl is used which can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation, intermediate I' in a suitable solvent such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-a~ueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the like may be treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like at a temperature of ~rom 0 to 50C for from about 0.24 to 4 hours.
When R2 is a group such as o-nitrobenzyl, photolysis may also be used for de-blockiny. Protecting groups such as 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a palladium compound and triphenyl phosphir.e in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional iL~ 730~
carboxyl-protecting groups may be removed by methods known to those skilled in the axt. Finally, as mentioned above, compounds of Formula I' where R2 is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without de-blocking since such esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.
The above-described process has several disadvantages.
Thus, for example, the process involves several steps which advantageously could be reduced in number. The overall reaction yield is also quite low and the quaternization step is per~oxmed on the carbapenem compound per se. It would be desirable to have a new process for producing compounds of Formula I which (1) involves fewer steps, (2) gives higher yields, (3) allows the quaternized amine to be formed first and then attached to the carbapenem nucleus at a later stage in the synthesis and (4) can be used to more easily form quaternary amine products with a wide variety of amines, i.e. amines with steric hindrance and those with low pKb values.
~73~
SUMM~RY OF TH~: INVE:NTI ON
The present invention provides a novel process for preparation of carbapenem derivatives of the formula Rl~S-A~p_R5 I
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group consist-ing of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-lO carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are i.ndepen-dently selected from the group consisting of Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo, hydroxy or carboxyl hal3o -OR
_ollNR3R4 -CNR R
~NR
' . ~ .. ,.. :.. - ..
,.
o - S-NR R
o R3 ~NR4 -o - ol IR3 -oR3 Il 9 -SR
-CN
-N
3 3 R g o 31l 9 -NR S-R
op(o)(oR3)(oR ) -NR3f=NR
-NR3Co2R9 wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cyclo-alkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, havir;g 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1~6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is at-tached may form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing hetero-cyclic ring; R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein Rl and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aral-kenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals are optional.ly substituted by 1-3 substituents indepen-dently selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-oR3;
-oco2.3;
-OCOR ;
-ocoNR3R ;
1l -Ol~-R ;
O
--o~. o;
NR3R4;
.
. :
R3 CO~R4-;
-NR3Co2R;
- NR 3 coNR3 R
-NR3S-R~;
- SR3;
~ g -S-R;
O O
~ g -S-R;
-S03R3;
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, bromo, C1-C6 alkyl ~ -oR3 ~ -NR3R4, -So3R3, -Co2R3 or -CoNR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R in such R substituents are as defined above; or R may be attached to C~0 at another point on the ring so as to form a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain additional hetero atoms select~d from 0, S and N;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulrur atoms and che alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to .; ~ ~, .
the above-named radicals.are selected from the group consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkyla~.ino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino, nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
A is Cl-C6 straight or branchQd chain alkylene; R~ is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a pro-tecting gxoup, there is also present a counter ion; and ~N~
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi~ or poly-cyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the group R ; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which process comprises xeacting an intermediate of the formula Rl~DCOOR2 ' IV
wherein R1, R8 and R15 are as defined above, R~ is a conventional readily removahle carboxyl protecting group and L is a conventional leaving group such as toluenesulfonyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy or halo with a thiol compound of the formula ~ ~3 5 HS-A - t -R VII
wherein A and are as defined above and ~ i~ a countsr anion in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the formula Rl ~ 5-A ~ 5 I' where$n Rl, R8, R15 R2' A
~ -R
and ~ are as deflned above and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2 to give the corresponding de-blooked oompound of Foxmula I, or a pharmaoeutioally aoceptable ~alt thereof.
Thus ln one embodiment oE t,he pre~ently olaimed invention the invention providea a proaess for the preparation of a compound oE the formula B H
A ~----~
N C~o~2 .
": `
~7~
- 18a -wherein R8 is hydrogen and ~1 iB ~elected from the group consisting oE hydrogen, substituted and unsub~tituted:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having f:rom 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkanyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl~
imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substi~uent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the group consistlng of Cl-C6 alkyl c~ptionally su}stituted by smino, h~lo, hydroxy or ~arboxyl halo -oR3 o -oCNR3 R4 O
~1NR3R
-NR R
~NR3 \NR3R
O
-S-NR R
I
o ~ .
.3 .~ -NHCNR R
- 18b -R CNR --Co2R3 G~ .
-oCR3 --S~
o -SR
o ~I 9 -SR
Il -C:N
o a o o _op (O) (oR3) (OR ) -NR3C=NR ., -NR3Co;~R
wherein, relative to the above-named substi~l~ents, the yroups R3 and R4 are independently ~elected fror~ hydrogen;
a~Xyl, alkerJyl and alkynyl, ha~ing ~rom 1-10 c rbon atoms;
cy~loalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkyl~ycloaLkyl, ha~iDg 3-6 carbon atoms in the cydt~ lkyl ring and 1-6 carbo~
atoms in t~le ;3 lkyl moie,kies; phe~yl; arzlkyl, aralkenyl Pnd a~lXynyl whexein the RLryl ~DOiety is pheslyl an~ the ~' . !
~3~
-- 18c --21ip~ pl~rt~ on ~a.~ o~r~o~ ~toms; ~etoroaryl elnd ~t~ro~r~lkyl wh~r~in the heteroaryl ~noi~ty iB ~alact~d ~rom the grc)up ~onsi6ting of thianyl, furyl~ thiadlazc~lyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, i~c~thiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidaz~lyl, is~xazolyl, tetrazolyl~ oxa olyl, pyrldyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyr$dazlnyl, ~yrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; het2rocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl m~iety i5 BeleCted from the ~roup con~i6ting of ~rpholirlyl, piperazinyl~ piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazol~dlnyl, ~midazolinyl, lmidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl ~nd pyrrolidinyl ~nd the alkyl ~oietie~
associated wit;h said heterocyclic moieties ha~re 1-6 carbo~
atoms, or R3 and R4 taXen together with the nitrogen to which at least one is attached may fo~m a ~-or 6 membered nitr~gen-containing he.terocyclic ring; ~9 is as defined ~r R3 excep~ that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein Rl and R8 taXen together represent C2-C~0 alkylidene ~r C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R is selecte~ fro~ ~he group consisting of subs~ituted and uns~bstituted: alkyl, alkerlyl and aL'cynyl, ha~ing from 1-1~ carbon ato~; cyclo-aIkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, ha~ing 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 c2rbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, ~r~lkenyl znd aralkynyl wherei~ ~he ~ryl Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or c~rbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR
_oc~3 -~CC)NR3R4 .
Il 9 -OS-R
o -oxo '~
~73 - 18d -R C~N~
NR3Co2R4 -~R3Co~R3R
O
-SR
o ,~ g -S~R
O O
tc ;'l g -S-R
CoNR3~
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, ~romo, Cl-C6 alkyl, -oR3, -NR3R4, -503R3, -C02R3 or -CoNR3~4, wherein ~ , R , and R in such R substituents are ~s defined ab~ve;
os ~ may be at~ched to ~0 ~ N -at another point on the ring ~o as to form ~ fused hetero-cyclic or heter~ar~ma~ic r~ng, whi~h xing ~ay cont~in ~dltional hetero Ato~ ec~ ro~ an~ N:
i~ Cl-C6 ~tr~ight or ~r~nched cha~n ~lkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an ~ni~nic ch~rge ~r ~ conventional readily rem3v~ble carb~xylo prot~eting ~roup, providing tb~t whe~ R2 ~ hydroge~ or ~ pr~
~e~n~ ~r~up, ~bere ~e ~1~D pre~e~t ~ eoun~er ~o~
:; .
,, .
3 27;~
- 18e -represents an ~tic heb~xx~cli~ radical con ~ining at least ~ne ~i~s~yen in the riA~ ~id sing being ~tta~he~
~hrough ~ rin~ earb~ ~tom ~nd having a ring ni~r~gen whi~ ~5 quat~rR1~8 by th~ ~rou~ R~ ro~tlc het~rocyclio r~c~l bein~ ~electad from the group ~onsi~t~ng o~ thiadi~zolyl, oxadiazolyl, triaz~lyl, i B othi~zolyl, thiazolyl, i~idazolyl, ~soxazolyl, tetraz~lyl, oxa201yl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrl~l~lnyl, pyr~dazlnyl, pyrrolyl ~d pyrazolyl or ~h~ac~utio~lly ~ce~pta~ alt thereof, which process c~mprises reacting an intermediate ~f the ~or~ula H
Rl~, N COOR2' o IV
wherein R nnd R are as defined above, R2 i8 a conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group and L i8 a conventional leaving group,with a thiol compound of the formula ~S -A ~ N -R VII
xe wherein A and r~ 5 tN -R
are as defined above and Xe is a counter anion,in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the foxmula .~
:
... ..
.
..... - .. i . , , .
- l~f -8 ~ H ~ ~
1 : ~ S -A- - N -R
R - ~ ~ X~
I' wherein R , R , R , A, ~ N -R
and X5 are as defined abo~e and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2 to give the corresponding de-blocked compound o~ ~ormula I, or a pharmaseutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment the invention provide~ a proce~s for the preparation of a compound of the formula 6~ IH3 OH ~ N-~
SCH2~=,~
N~ - COOR2 I
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a oonventional readily xemovable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when ~2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there i5 also present a coun~er ion, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which process comprises reacting an intermediate o~ the formula O~ H
L
O N COOR2 2' wherein ~ is a conventional l~a~ing yr~up and ~ is a conven-tional readily remo~able carboxyl-protecting group with a thiol compound of the ~ormula . ~
. . , ~3 . ~''' :
,, :,: ' ~t73~
- 18g -~Is-cH2~
wherei~ a cl~unter anion, ir~ as~ inert ~ ent and in the presen~e ~f base ~o produce a carbapenem pr~duct ~ the ~ormul~
~SC~2 ~
coo~2 .
whereirl ~2 2md ~3 are as defined above ~nd, if de ired, removi~g ~he protecting gr~up R2 to give she correspc~naing de-bl~cked ~omp~und of ~o~ula I, t~r a phar~naceutic~lîy n~cepta~le l;A3,'~:
ther~f .
Al60 provided by the present invention are intermediates of Formula VII.
~ he carbapenem aompound~ of Formula I ara potent antibaoterial agents or intermediates useful in the preparation of ~uch agents.
The compounds o~ Formula I above contain the oarbap0nem nucleus 6b ~ z and may thus be ~amed a~ 1 carba-2~penem-3-carboxylic acid derivatives. Alternatively, the compounds may be considered to have the b~sic ~tructure ~;~
.' ' , . .
~L~7~
- 18h -~^
and name as 7~oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-carboxy11c acid derivatives. Whlle the present invention includes compounds whexein the relative stereochemistry of the 5,6-pxotons i8 ~is a~ well as ~PS, the preferred compound~ have the 5R,6S ($~ ) 6tereochemistry as in the case of thienamycin.
The compounds of ~ormula I may be un~ubstituted in ;, , ,!, " ~
~ ,, ,,,~
' ' "~ `: "
':' .
.
-- 19 ~
the 6-position or æub~tituted by substltuent groups previously di~olosed for other carbapenem dari~ative~.
More ~peci~ioally, RB may be hydrogen and R1 may be hydrogen or a non-hydrogen ~ub6tituent disolo~ed, for example, in European Patent Application 38,869 ( 8 ee de~inition of R6). Alternatively, R8 and R1 take~
together may be C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted for Pxample, by hydroxy.
The compounds of Formula I may al~o be unsub6tituted 10 in the 1-position (R15=H) or sub~titutad by 6ubstituent groups previou61y di6closed ~or other carbapenem derivative~. More specifically, R15 may be hydrogen or any of the non-hydrogen 1-~ub~tituents disclosed, for example, in European Patent Application 54,917 (see 15 definition o~ R1 or R2 therein) or in U.S. Patent
op(o)(oR3)(oR ) -NR3f=NR
-NR3Co2R9 wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cyclo-alkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, havir;g 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1~6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is at-tached may form a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing hetero-cyclic ring; R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein Rl and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aral-kenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals are optional.ly substituted by 1-3 substituents indepen-dently selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-oR3;
-oco2.3;
-OCOR ;
-ocoNR3R ;
1l -Ol~-R ;
O
--o~. o;
NR3R4;
.
. :
R3 CO~R4-;
-NR3Co2R;
- NR 3 coNR3 R
-NR3S-R~;
- SR3;
~ g -S-R;
O O
~ g -S-R;
-S03R3;
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, bromo, C1-C6 alkyl ~ -oR3 ~ -NR3R4, -So3R3, -Co2R3 or -CoNR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R in such R substituents are as defined above; or R may be attached to C~0 at another point on the ring so as to form a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain additional hetero atoms select~d from 0, S and N;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulrur atoms and che alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to .; ~ ~, .
the above-named radicals.are selected from the group consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkyla~.ino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino, nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
A is Cl-C6 straight or branchQd chain alkylene; R~ is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a pro-tecting gxoup, there is also present a counter ion; and ~N~
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi~ or poly-cyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the group R ; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which process comprises xeacting an intermediate of the formula Rl~DCOOR2 ' IV
wherein R1, R8 and R15 are as defined above, R~ is a conventional readily removahle carboxyl protecting group and L is a conventional leaving group such as toluenesulfonyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy or halo with a thiol compound of the formula ~ ~3 5 HS-A - t -R VII
wherein A and are as defined above and ~ i~ a countsr anion in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the formula Rl ~ 5-A ~ 5 I' where$n Rl, R8, R15 R2' A
~ -R
and ~ are as deflned above and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2 to give the corresponding de-blooked oompound of Foxmula I, or a pharmaoeutioally aoceptable ~alt thereof.
Thus ln one embodiment oE t,he pre~ently olaimed invention the invention providea a proaess for the preparation of a compound oE the formula B H
A ~----~
N C~o~2 .
": `
~7~
- 18a -wherein R8 is hydrogen and ~1 iB ~elected from the group consisting oE hydrogen, substituted and unsub~tituted:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having f:rom 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkanyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl~
imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substi~uent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the group consistlng of Cl-C6 alkyl c~ptionally su}stituted by smino, h~lo, hydroxy or ~arboxyl halo -oR3 o -oCNR3 R4 O
~1NR3R
-NR R
~NR3 \NR3R
O
-S-NR R
I
o ~ .
.3 .~ -NHCNR R
- 18b -R CNR --Co2R3 G~ .
-oCR3 --S~
o -SR
o ~I 9 -SR
Il -C:N
o a o o _op (O) (oR3) (OR ) -NR3C=NR ., -NR3Co;~R
wherein, relative to the above-named substi~l~ents, the yroups R3 and R4 are independently ~elected fror~ hydrogen;
a~Xyl, alkerJyl and alkynyl, ha~ing ~rom 1-10 c rbon atoms;
cy~loalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkyl~ycloaLkyl, ha~iDg 3-6 carbon atoms in the cydt~ lkyl ring and 1-6 carbo~
atoms in t~le ;3 lkyl moie,kies; phe~yl; arzlkyl, aralkenyl Pnd a~lXynyl whexein the RLryl ~DOiety is pheslyl an~ the ~' . !
~3~
-- 18c --21ip~ pl~rt~ on ~a.~ o~r~o~ ~toms; ~etoroaryl elnd ~t~ro~r~lkyl wh~r~in the heteroaryl ~noi~ty iB ~alact~d ~rom the grc)up ~onsi6ting of thianyl, furyl~ thiadlazc~lyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, i~c~thiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidaz~lyl, is~xazolyl, tetrazolyl~ oxa olyl, pyrldyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyr$dazlnyl, ~yrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; het2rocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl m~iety i5 BeleCted from the ~roup con~i6ting of ~rpholirlyl, piperazinyl~ piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazol~dlnyl, ~midazolinyl, lmidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl ~nd pyrrolidinyl ~nd the alkyl ~oietie~
associated wit;h said heterocyclic moieties ha~re 1-6 carbo~
atoms, or R3 and R4 taXen together with the nitrogen to which at least one is attached may fo~m a ~-or 6 membered nitr~gen-containing he.terocyclic ring; ~9 is as defined ~r R3 excep~ that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein Rl and R8 taXen together represent C2-C~0 alkylidene ~r C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R is selecte~ fro~ ~he group consisting of subs~ituted and uns~bstituted: alkyl, alkerlyl and aL'cynyl, ha~ing from 1-1~ carbon ato~; cyclo-aIkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, ha~ing 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 c2rbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, ~r~lkenyl znd aralkynyl wherei~ ~he ~ryl Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or c~rbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR
_oc~3 -~CC)NR3R4 .
Il 9 -OS-R
o -oxo '~
~73 - 18d -R C~N~
NR3Co2R4 -~R3Co~R3R
O
-SR
o ,~ g -S~R
O O
tc ;'l g -S-R
CoNR3~
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, ~romo, Cl-C6 alkyl, -oR3, -NR3R4, -503R3, -C02R3 or -CoNR3~4, wherein ~ , R , and R in such R substituents are ~s defined ab~ve;
os ~ may be at~ched to ~0 ~ N -at another point on the ring ~o as to form ~ fused hetero-cyclic or heter~ar~ma~ic r~ng, whi~h xing ~ay cont~in ~dltional hetero Ato~ ec~ ro~ an~ N:
i~ Cl-C6 ~tr~ight or ~r~nched cha~n ~lkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an ~ni~nic ch~rge ~r ~ conventional readily rem3v~ble carb~xylo prot~eting ~roup, providing tb~t whe~ R2 ~ hydroge~ or ~ pr~
~e~n~ ~r~up, ~bere ~e ~1~D pre~e~t ~ eoun~er ~o~
:; .
,, .
3 27;~
- 18e -represents an ~tic heb~xx~cli~ radical con ~ining at least ~ne ~i~s~yen in the riA~ ~id sing being ~tta~he~
~hrough ~ rin~ earb~ ~tom ~nd having a ring ni~r~gen whi~ ~5 quat~rR1~8 by th~ ~rou~ R~ ro~tlc het~rocyclio r~c~l bein~ ~electad from the group ~onsi~t~ng o~ thiadi~zolyl, oxadiazolyl, triaz~lyl, i B othi~zolyl, thiazolyl, i~idazolyl, ~soxazolyl, tetraz~lyl, oxa201yl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrl~l~lnyl, pyr~dazlnyl, pyrrolyl ~d pyrazolyl or ~h~ac~utio~lly ~ce~pta~ alt thereof, which process c~mprises reacting an intermediate ~f the ~or~ula H
Rl~, N COOR2' o IV
wherein R nnd R are as defined above, R2 i8 a conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group and L i8 a conventional leaving group,with a thiol compound of the formula ~S -A ~ N -R VII
xe wherein A and r~ 5 tN -R
are as defined above and Xe is a counter anion,in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the foxmula .~
:
... ..
.
..... - .. i . , , .
- l~f -8 ~ H ~ ~
1 : ~ S -A- - N -R
R - ~ ~ X~
I' wherein R , R , R , A, ~ N -R
and X5 are as defined abo~e and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2 to give the corresponding de-blocked compound o~ ~ormula I, or a pharmaseutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment the invention provide~ a proce~s for the preparation of a compound of the formula 6~ IH3 OH ~ N-~
SCH2~=,~
N~ - COOR2 I
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a oonventional readily xemovable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when ~2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there i5 also present a coun~er ion, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which process comprises reacting an intermediate o~ the formula O~ H
L
O N COOR2 2' wherein ~ is a conventional l~a~ing yr~up and ~ is a conven-tional readily remo~able carboxyl-protecting group with a thiol compound of the ~ormula . ~
. . , ~3 . ~''' :
,, :,: ' ~t73~
- 18g -~Is-cH2~
wherei~ a cl~unter anion, ir~ as~ inert ~ ent and in the presen~e ~f base ~o produce a carbapenem pr~duct ~ the ~ormul~
~SC~2 ~
coo~2 .
whereirl ~2 2md ~3 are as defined above ~nd, if de ired, removi~g ~he protecting gr~up R2 to give she correspc~naing de-bl~cked ~omp~und of ~o~ula I, t~r a phar~naceutic~lîy n~cepta~le l;A3,'~:
ther~f .
Al60 provided by the present invention are intermediates of Formula VII.
~ he carbapenem aompound~ of Formula I ara potent antibaoterial agents or intermediates useful in the preparation of ~uch agents.
The compounds o~ Formula I above contain the oarbap0nem nucleus 6b ~ z and may thus be ~amed a~ 1 carba-2~penem-3-carboxylic acid derivatives. Alternatively, the compounds may be considered to have the b~sic ~tructure ~;~
.' ' , . .
~L~7~
- 18h -~^
and name as 7~oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-carboxy11c acid derivatives. Whlle the present invention includes compounds whexein the relative stereochemistry of the 5,6-pxotons i8 ~is a~ well as ~PS, the preferred compound~ have the 5R,6S ($~ ) 6tereochemistry as in the case of thienamycin.
The compounds of ~ormula I may be un~ubstituted in ;, , ,!, " ~
~ ,, ,,,~
' ' "~ `: "
':' .
.
-- 19 ~
the 6-position or æub~tituted by substltuent groups previously di~olosed for other carbapenem dari~ative~.
More ~peci~ioally, RB may be hydrogen and R1 may be hydrogen or a non-hydrogen ~ub6tituent disolo~ed, for example, in European Patent Application 38,869 ( 8 ee de~inition of R6). Alternatively, R8 and R1 take~
together may be C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted for Pxample, by hydroxy.
The compounds of Formula I may al~o be unsub6tituted 10 in the 1-position (R15=H) or sub~titutad by 6ubstituent groups previou61y di6closed ~or other carbapenem derivative~. More specifically, R15 may be hydrogen or any of the non-hydrogen 1-~ub~tituents disclosed, for example, in European Patent Application 54,917 (see 15 definition o~ R1 or R2 therein) or in U.S. Patent
4,350,631. Preferred non-hydrogen R15 6ubstituents include C1-C6 alkyl, mo~t preferably methyl; phenyl; and phenyl (C~-C6) alkyl. The non-hydrogen R15 ~ubstituent may be in either the u- or B- configuration, and it i~
20 inte~ded that the pre~ent invention include the individual a- and B-isomer~, as well a6 mixture6 thereof.
To elaborats on the defini-tions for R1, R8 and R15;
(a) The aliphatic "alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl"
group~ may b~ 6traight or branched chain having 1-10 25 carbon atom6; preferred are 1-6, most pre~erably 1-4, carbon group~; when part of another sub6tituant, e.g. as in cycloakylalkyl, or heteroaralkyl or aralkenyl, the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl group preferably contain6 1-6, most preferably 1-4, oarbon atoms.
(b) "hateroaryl" include6 mono-, bi- and polycyclic aromatic heteroayclia group~ aontaining 1-4 0, N or S
atoms; preferred ara 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic rings such as thienyl, furyl, thladiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, l~othiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, 35 isoxazolyl, tatrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, ~, ' ', , .
~73~
_ - 20 -pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, etc.
~c) "heterooyc~yl" includes mono-, bi and polycyclir saturated or un~aturated non-a~romatic heterocyclic groups co~taining 1-4 O, N or ~ atoms;
preferred are 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic rings euch as morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidlnyl, ~c .
(d) "halo" inaludes chloro, ~romo, fluoro and iodo and i~ preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo.
The term "conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group" refer~ to a known ester group which has been employed to block a aarboxyl group during the chemical reaction step6 described below and which can be removed, if desired, by methods whiah do not result in any appreciable destruction of the rema$ning portion of the molecule, e.g. by ch~mical or enzymatic hy~roly6i~, treatment with chemical reducing agents under mild conditions, irradiation with ultraviolet light or catalytic hydrogenation. Examples of such ester proteating groups include benzhydryl, allyl, p-nitrobenzyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, trichloroethyl, ~ilyl 6uch a8 trimethylsilyl, phenacyl, p-methoxyben~yl, aoetonyl, o-nitrobenzyl, 4-pyridylmethyl and C1-C6 alkyl 6uch as methyl, ethyl or t-butyl. Includad within such protecting gxoupR are those whi¢h are hydrolyzed under physio1ogical condition6 such as pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl. A
particularly advantageous carboxy protecting group is p-nitroben~yl whioh may be readlly removed by catalytic hydrogenoly6iæ.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salt~ referred to above include the nontoxic acid addltion 6alt6, e.g. æalt6 with mineral acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromlc, hydroiodic, phosphoric, ~ulfuric, etc. and salts with ~1~,, jl 2l -organic acids sueh a maleic, acetic~ citric, ~uccinic, benzoic, tartaric, fumaric, mandelic, a~corbic, laetic, gluconic and malic. Compound~ of fvrmula I in the ~orm of acid addition salts may be wrltten a~
R~5 ~DDE~2 --3~ xe R2 = H or protecting group where X ~ repre~ents the acid anion. The eounter anion may be eelected 80 as to provide pharmaceutically acoeptable salt6 for therapeutic admini~tration but, in the case of intermediate compounds of formula I, X may alco be a toxic anion. In ~uch a case the ion can be subsequently removed or substituted by a pharmaceutically acceptable anion to form an active end product ~or therapeutic u~e. Whan acidic or ba~ic groups are pre~ent in the R1 or ~5 group or on the ~ N -radical, the present lnvention may al~o include ~ultable ~ase or acid saltg o~ the~e functi.onal groups, e.g. acid addltion ~alts in the ca~e of a ba6ic group and metal aalts (e.g. aod$um, potas~ium, calcium and aluminum), the ammonium ~alt and salt~ with nontoxi¢ amine~ (e.g.
trialkylamlne~, proeaine, dibenzylamine, 1-ephenamine, N-- benzyl-B-phenethylamine, N,N~-dlbenzylethylenediamine, etc.) in the ca6e of an acidic group.
Compound6 of formula I wherein R~ is hydrogen, an anionic eharg~ o.r a physiolugi~ally hydrolyzable eiter group together with pharmaeeutically aeceptabls ~alts ther00f are ueeful as antibaeterial agents. The remaining S compounds of formula I are valuable intermediate~ which can be converted into the above-mentioned biologieally active eompounds.
A preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises compound~ of foxmula I wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is hydrogen, CH3CH2-CH3 ~ OH
~CH- ~C- 3 CH3~ CH3f~
Among this subcla~s, the preferred oompounds are those in whieh R1 is OH
C 3C ~ most preferably compounds having the absolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Another preferred embodiment eomprises oompounds of formula I in whieh R1 and R8 taken together ~orm an alkylidene radical of the formula ~he alkylene ti.e. substituent "A") radical in the eompound~ of formula I may be ~traight or branehed ehain and may eon~ain from 1 to 6 earbon atoms. A preferred smbodiment oompriie those eompounds in whiçh A is -(CH2)-n in whieh n is 1 or 2 and a partieularly preferred embodiment eomprises tho~e oompounds where A is -CH2-.
~7~
The alkylene moiety ~A~ i8 attac:hed via a rinç
carborl atom to an N-substituted quaternized aromatic heterocycle OI the general formula f ~N~3 R 5 wherein the RS su~stituent i~ preferably an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C1o alke~yl, C2-C10 alXynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl-C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, ph~nyl-Cl-C6 alkyl, phenyl-C2-C6 alkenyl, phenyl-C~-C~;
alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl in which the alkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atom~, heterocyalyl or heterocyclylalkyl ln which tha alkyl molety has 1-6 carbon atoms. The heteroaryl (or heteroaryl portion of heteroaralkyl ) R5 substituent may be a mono-, bi- or polycycl.ic aromatic heterocyclio group containing 1-4 O, N
or S atoms; preferred are 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ri ngs s uch as thi enyl, f uryl, thi adi az ol yl, oxadi az ol yl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidir~yl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl. The heterocyclyl (or heterocyclyl portion o~
heterocyclylalkyl ) R5 .~...~
. ~, substituent may be a mono-, bi- or p~lycyclic sa~rate~ ~
unsatur2,ed non-aromatic heterocyclic group containin~ 1-4 O, N or S atoms; preferred are 5- ~r 6-membered heterocycl-c rings such zs morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, py~ azolidinyl, imid2zolinvl, imid2zoli~inyl, pyrrolir~yl and pyrroli diny 1.
The R substi.uent may-be option211y subs,ituted by 1-3 subs.ituents independently selected fr~m:
(a) Cl-C6 alkyl optionally ~ubstituted by, preferably 1-3, am~no, f luoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl groups;
(b) fluoro, chloro or bromo;
( c) -OR
(d) -OC02R
(e) -OCOR
(f) -OCONR R
(g) o -OS-R9;
o (h) -oxo ( i ) - NR R
(i ) R3CoNR4_ (k) ~-NR3Co2R
(1) NR3CoNR3R
(rn) O
-NR3S-R9;
o (n) -SR3;
(o) -SOR
(p) O
-S-R
o (q) -S03R
(r) CO2R
( s ) - CoNR3R4 (t) -CN ; or (u) phenyl optior,ally substituted by 1-3 substituents in-dependently selected ~rom fluor~, chloro, br~no, Cl-C6 alkyl, ~oR3, NR3R4, -So3R3, --C:02R3 c:r -CONR R, wher~in, rela~ive ~o the abo~e-na~ned ~5 s~sti~uents, the groups R3 and ~4 are irldependently selected from hydrogen; al~yl, æOcenyl and æl~cy~yl~ ha~ing- 1-10 carboa~ atQ~s, cyclo~
alkyl, cyc:loal~cyl~lXyl ~nd alkylcy~loal~l ~ ~2~iag 3-6 carbon a~ms ~ cy~loal)cyl ring ~nd 1~6 ezr~oa a~ n ~he alkyl moiPtie~; phes~yl; ær~lkyl, arzlXenyl 2nd 2ra~c~nyl ~herein the ~ryl m~iety is phes~yl ~ad ~e alip~atic por,ion h~s 1-6 carbD~ atoms; 2nd heter~zryl, heteroaral);yl, he,erocyclyl ænd ~eterocyclyl~ yl wherein ~,hD heter~zryl ~a~d heterocyclyl group cr p~ o~ o:E a sroup is as ~e~ine~ 2bo~Je :Eor ~ ~e zlkyl ~oieties ~ssociated wit~ said hetert~cyclic 3~0ieties h2~e ~-6 - ca~bon ato;ns; or :~3 al~d R4 tzke~ ~oget~er with ~he ~itroges:
t~ which zt l~ast o2~e i5 at~ ~ched mzy fo~ a 5- or ' 6-mem~ered nit~ges~-containing heterocy~lic (2S t3e~ ea 2bo~re for ~5~ ing,o' a~a R9 is æs de~ined 2bo~e ~or R3 excep.. th~.' it ~ay ~t ~e hydroges~ A mc~s' pre'e-2e~
su~s'ituen is C~ 6 al~cyl~ espec~ally methyl.
In addition, the R substituent, together with. anot~er Xilag 2t:0m C~ the ~
moie~y, may form a ~use~ heterocyclic or heteroz:romatic ri~g, whioh ring may contain additional, preferably 1 or 2, hetero ato~ns selected ~rom O, N and S. ~or exampie, CN~ ~S may be ~
~1 or ~?
! "
3~
The group preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi-ox polycyclic aromatic heterocycle containing at least one nitrogen in the ring and 0-5 additional ring hetero atoms selected ~rom 0, S and N, said heterocyclic ring being attached to A
through a ring carbon atom and ha~ing a ring nitrogen atom ~uaternized by the group R5.
The heteroaromatic /~\ ~
~ N-ring may be optionally substituted at available ring carbon atoms by preferably 1-5, most pre~erably 1-3, substituents in-dependently selected from the group consisting of Cl-C4 alkyl;
Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by, pre~erably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo (hereinafter intended to mean chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo;
preferably chloro, bromo or ~luoro) or sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyi;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio; amino; Cl-C4 alkylamino;
di(Cl-C4)alkylamino; halo; Cl-C4 alka.poylamino; Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy;
carboxy; sulfo; O
-C-O-Cl-C4 alkyl;
hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(Cl-C4)-alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection w.ith phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or hetero-aralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or ~ atoms and the alkyl moiety 3~
associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independe~tly selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)aIkylamino, carboxy and sul~o and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected Lrom hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkyl2mino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo. In addition, available ring nitrogen atoms (other than the ~uaternized nitrogen) may be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting o~ Cl-C4 alkyl; Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by, pre~erably 1-3, hydroxy, amlno, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)-alkyl2mino, Cl-C4 alkox~r, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylzmino, di(Cl-C4)zlkylzmino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl(Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl port.ion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
znd heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom ox atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or N
atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected from hydroxy, 2mino, halo, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moi.ety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, zmino, Cl-C~ alkyl2mino, di(Cl-C~)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo ~d sulfo The most pre erred ring carbon and nitrogen substituents are Cl-C6 alkyl, especizlly methyl.
~73 Within t~e aboYe descri~e~ preferred em~t~dimesltl the prefer~e~ coanpoun~s are those in w~ich ~ ~s - tC~I2) n in which n is 1 or 2, most prefera~ly. ~hose in which ~ is -Ç~2~ and wherein ~a) R~ d R~ ~aken ~ogether xepreseslt t~2~
C
C~3 or (b~ R i5 hydrogen and R repres ~t5 hydxogen, C~3OEI2-J
c~3~ 3~ IOE~ 0 C~ ~ . C- . , or C~3C~-. 3 C~3 Par~ ul~ly 3?referre~ are the co~po~mds wherei~ Rc8 ishy d:~ogen and }~ is 7~
C~13C~I-, especially compoun~ls ha~ing the a~solute configuratio~ SR, 6S, 8:R.
In a pref2rred e~odiment the group ~ .
_ _ represents an a~omatic ~- or 6- membered, N-cont~ining hete-o-cyclic ring r~ntaining 0~3 additional hetero atoms selected ~rom 0, S or N. Such aromatic heterocycle may, where possible, ~e fused to another ring which.mz~ be a saturated or unsaturated carbocycli ~ ng, pref~rably C,l-C7 carb~cyclic ri~g, zn aromatic car~ocyelic rins~ preferably a phenyl ring, a 4-7 mesr~ered hetero~
cyclic xing ( sa~urated or unsaturate~) cont2ining 1-3 ~e~ero a'oms selected fro~n 0, S, ~ or NRll in which Rll is hydr~gerl, Cl-C6 al~yl op~ionzlly substituted ~y 3-2 substituents in~ependently selected ro~n 0~3, -NR3R4, -Co2R3, ~xt~, phenyl, f~uoro, chloro, bromo, ~3~0 -503R3 and -C~R3R4, or phenyl optionally substitut~d by 1-3 substituents independently selected from Cl-C6 alkyl, -~R3, -NR3R4, ~lu~ro, chloro, brom~, -So3R3, -Co~R3 and -CoNR3R4/
wherein R3 and R4 in such Rll substituents are 2S ~efined above in connection ~i~h substituent R , or a 5-6 membered hëLer~-zrom2,ic ring containing 1-3 heter~ atoms selected ~rom 0, S, N or N~ll in which Rll is as defined ~bo~e. The 5- or 6- membered 2romatic quaternized ring or, where apprDpri~te, the c2rbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic r~ng ~used thereto, or bo~h such rings, m2y be optionally substituted on 2vail2ble ring 2t~ms by, pre er~ly up to a tot21 of five sub~ti.uents ~r the tot~l ring system, ,he substituents me~tioned above in connection with the group N
~ iithin ,he a~o~re-descxibed pre~erred embodiment, Lhe preTerred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)~ in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which ~ is -C~2- and wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent HOC~I2 \
CH f' or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydro~en, CH3C~2-, CH3~ 3\P P
CH- , C- , or CH3CH-C~3 C~3 ?~rticul~rly preferred zre the oompounds wherein R is hydrogen 2~d Rl is ~H
CH3CH-, especially compounds having the 2bsolute co~iguration 5R, 6S, 8Ro , .
~v~
- Still another~preferred el~odiment of the present invention comprises compounds o~ formula I wherein N - R
represen,s a radical selected from the group consisting of ~a) ~ ~
¦ ~ R
~<
~ 10 wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected ~rom hydrog~n ;
Cl-C4 zlkyl; Cl-C4 alXyl substituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, Cl-C4 alkylamlnQ, di(Cl-C4 zlkyl~mino, Cl--C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo (chloxo, bromo, fluo~o or iodo; p_eferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 cycloalkyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio;
amino; Cl-C4 zlkylamino; di(Cl-C4 alkyl)amino; halo (chlor~, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); Cl-C4 2 Ikanoyl~mino; Cl-C4 alka~oyloxy; czrboxy;
O
-C-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluorome.thyl, Cl-C4 alkyl or Cl-C4 alkoxy sroups;
phenyl (Cl-C~)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connectlon with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above ln connectlon with Cl-C4 alkyl:; and heteroaryl and heteroa~alkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms.in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the g~oup consis~ing of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associ~te~ Wit}l said heteroarzlkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms;
or where.n two of R6, R7 or Rl taXen together may be a fused saturzted carbocyclîc ring, a fused aroma,ic carbocyclic r~ng, 2 fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a ~used heteroaromatic ring, said fused rin~s being optiona~ly substituted by 1 ~r 2 of .he substituents defined above for R6, R7 ~nd R10;
~ ~73~
~/ ~ o~
el ~ N 3 ~
o~ionally substituted on'a caTbon atom by one to three subw stitu~nts inâependently selected from Cl-C4 .zlkyl, Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by, preferzbly 1-3 t hydroxy, Cl.-C4 zlkylamino, sulfo, di(Cl-C4 alkyl)amino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, ~luoro or iodo; preferably chloro, luoro or bromo); C3~C6 cyclozl~l; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthi~; amino;
Cl-C4 alkyl~mlno; di(Cl-C4 zlkyl)amino; halo'(chloro, b~omo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); Cl-C4 alX2noyl~mino; Cl-C4 alkanoyl~xy; carboxy;
O
-C~OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidi~o; yuanidino; ph~nyl; phenyl s~jstituted by o~e, two or three amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; prelerably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl or Cl-C4 alkoxy groups~, phenyl (Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl~C4 alkyl:;.and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or a~oms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sul~ur ztoms znd the zlkyl moiety associ2ted with said heteroaralkyl moiety hzs 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionaily s~bstitutea so zs tc ~orm a fused carbo-cyclic, heterocyclic or he't'eroaromat'ic ring optionally substitute by 1 or 2 of the substi,uents ~efined above;
;. .
.. ~
~73 _ 32 --R5 R5 ~5 ~1 el el (c~ N~ ~ N~ N ~N~
.,~N , R~ - ~5 optionally substituted on a c~rboA ato;~ by one ox t:wo su~sti-tuents independently selected from Cl-C,L alXyl; Cl-C4 al3cyl su}s~itute~ by, prefes~bly 1-3, hydroxy, Cl-C,a Plkyl~m;no, sul~o, di-tCl-C4 alkyl)amiAo, Cl-C4 alkoxy, ~smino, carboxy 9r halo (chloro, ~romo, fluoro or iodo; prefe2a:tly chlo~Q, lu~ro or br~mo); C3-C6 cycloa:L3cyl; Cl-C4 a3~ xy; Cl-C4 z-lkylthio; a~rlo;
Cl-C4 a~cyla~no; di (Cl-C4 alXyl) ~no; h210 (chloro, bromo, ~luoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or brom~); Cl-C4 lXznoylzmi~o; Cl-C~a 21kanoyloxy; car~oxy;
o -C-OCl-C4 ~lkyl; hydro~y; amidino; guznidino, phenyl; phenyl su~stituted by one, two or three ~no, halo ~hïoro"~romo, fluoro or iodo; pre~ers}:~ly chloror ~luoro or bromo~, hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C:l-C4 alkyl or Cl- C4 alkt:xy groups;
phenyl ~Cl-C4)alkyl i~ whi~ the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted ~y 1-3 su~stituents mentioned 7~bo~e in conne~tion with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1~3 substituents ~nentioned abo~e in connectioal with CloC4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or ~eteroaralXyl in whi~h th~ he~ero atom or atoms in the abo~re-na~ned heterocycli~ m~ieties are selected ~rom the group consisting o~ 1-4 oxy~en, r~itrogen cr sulfur atoms and the alkyl moie~y asst~cia~ed with said hetexoaralkyl moie~y has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally subs~i~uted so 25 t~ fo:r;n a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or he~cero2rom2tic ring op~i~nally subs~i~u~ed ~y 1 ~r 2 of the subs~ituen,s defined aboYe;
.. . ~ .
3L~7;3~
~ ~'N ~ ~N
N~ ~ ~N
.S ~,5 or N~ ~ N,~ ~
op'ionally substituted o~ a czrbor~ ~tom ~ a substituerlt independently selected ~so~n Cl;-C~ 21kyl;~ t:4 a:!ky.l su3:~stit~a~ed ~y, preferably 1---3,..hydroxy~ C1-~4 ~lXylamino, di(Cl-C4 aL~cyl)-a~nin~, sulfo, Cl-C4 a~koxy, a~oino, carbo~ or halo (chloro, bromo, ~luo~o or iodo; prefer2~ly chloro, 'luoro or ~omo~; C~ C6 c5~:1021kyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio; 2mino; C~-C4 alkyl-ami~o; di (Cl-C4 alkyl) amino; halo (chloro, ~romo, ~luoro or iodo; prefera}~ly chloro, ~luoro or bromo); Cl-C4 zlkanoylzmino;
Cl-C4 alka~oyloxy; carboxy;
n -C-OCl-C,~ zl~rl, hydro~y; amidino; gu2nidino., phenyl; phenyl s~stitu~ed by on~,~two or three ~nino, halo (chl~so, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloso, ~luoro or bromo), hydroxyl, xome~chy~ C4 al)cyl or ~ 1-C4 2~C0~y groupS
phenyl t~l-C4)~1kYl in which t~e phenyl portion may 3~e optionally substi~uted by 1-3 sub~titu~nts mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the ~lkyl poxtion ~ay be sptionally su}:stituted by 1-3 su}:sti~uents mentioned a~ove in connection wi~h Cl-C4 alkyl: and het~roaryl or heteroaxallcyl in which the het~ro atom or atoms in . the 2bo~e-named heterocyclic moiet~es are selec~ed from tha yroup eonsisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety 2ssociated with said hete:roaral'cyl moiety has 1-6 car~on atoms;
'~3 . , ~7~
~ ~ 5 (e) r~=~=~-R5 ~ R
_ _ ~ or - ~ X ~
wherein X is 0, S or NR in which R is Cl-C~ alkyl; Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)-alkylamino, Cl-C9 alko~y, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sul~o;
phenyl(Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally subs~ituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected from hydroxy, zmino, halo, txifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di~Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di~Cl-C4)alkylamlno, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo; said heteroaromatic radical being optionally substituted on a caxbon atom by one or more substituents independently selected from Cl-C4 alkyl; Cl~Cq alkyl substituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoxo or bromo);
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl~C4 alkylthio; amino; C1--C4 alkylaminc; di(cl-c4 alkyl)amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or broino~; Cl-C4 alXanoylami~o;
Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy; O
-C-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; 2midino;
~3~
guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by one, two or thrse amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1~C4) alkyl in which the phenyl port~o~ may be optionally ~ub~titut~d by 1-3 substituent6 mentioned above in ~onnection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally ~ubstituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above tn connectlon with C1-C~
alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in th~ above-~amed heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nltrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moi~ty as60ciated with 6aid heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substltuted so as to form a fu6ed carbocyclic, hetero~yclic or heteroaromatic ring optionally ~ubstituted by 1 or 2 of the 6ubstituents deflned above;
R5~ x ~ 5 - -N-R N ~ N-R
or ~ J
.J
o~v wherein X i8 O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl 6ubstituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycl~alkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 6ubstituents mentioned a~ove in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl ~ubstituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally B ubstituted by 1-3 6 ubstituent~ mentioned above in connectlon with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally ~ubstituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are ~elected from the group consisting of 1-4 0, S or ~ atoms and the alkyl moiety a~sociated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionslly subst~tuted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 ~ub~tituents independently 6elected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl .moiety by 1-3 substituents seleGtod from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and 6 ul fo; 8 aid heteroaromatic radical being optionally ~ubstituted on a carbon atom by a substituent selected from Cl-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl ~ubstituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino; C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, 6ulfo, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; d-(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C1-C4 alkanoylamino; Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
D
~7~01.0 - 36a --C-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino;
guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo (chloro, brom, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C~
alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substltuents mentioned above in sonnection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in the above-~ame heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group aonsisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atom~; and ., :.
!55 ~9 ' ~g7 N~ R R --N t~ N~N
R ~ R
~- N-R ~--N ~2 S ~ r 5 N ~;N ~ ~ N
;, wherein ~ is Cl-C~ cyl; CL-C,~L alXyl su~stituted by 1-3 hydroxy, ~no~ Cl-C,~ aL~cyl2~i~0, di (Cl-C4~ ~Lkylamino, t l-C4 alXoxy~ c~xbo~y, halo or ~ulfo gr~ups; C3 C6 cyclo-Y ; ~3 ~6 cycloa~cyl (Cl-C4) a:Ucyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned ~ ov~ ia con~ection with Cl-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl su~stituted ~y 1-3 s~st~tue~ts isldepeslde~tly ~ele~tea fro~
~ai~o, ~alv, hy~roxy, 'csi..luoromet~yl, Cl-C4 al~cyl, CiC4 a~oxy, Cl-C4 21ky~1!!mi~0~ ~i (Cl~C4) ?l~CylCnO~ car3~oxy ~d sulfo;
henyl(Cl-C~)~lXyl i~ which the phenyl portion ~n2y be optio~Ally su~stituted by 1-3 su!~stituents me~tio~e~ e i~ cc~nection wit~ p~enyl ~ the alkyl portion m~y b~ optionzlly sul:stituted ~y 1-3 substituents me3~tione~ a~ov~ ~n connection w~t~ CiC4 ~
~nd heteroaryi ~nd hetero~raikyi ial which the hetero atom os atoms ær~ selected fx~m th~ group c~nsisting o~ 1-4 0, S or N ato~ns ~d ~he &lXyl m~iety ~ssodatea wit~ heteroaral3cyl has 1-6 carbo~
at~ms, s~i~ heteroa~yl 2n~ h~e:roar~lkyl grou3?s ~e~ng optios~lly s~st~tuted in the heteroeyc~ic riDg mo~et~ by 1~ 3 s~stitues~ts indepe~dent~y ~el~ct~d frosn hydro~, an~no, ~210~ t~ luorome~chyl, Cl-C4 ~Xyl, C iC~Ç~ alko:t~y, CiC,~ al3cylamino, di~Cl-C4)~1Xyla~o, c2r~0~ d sul~o zn~!l ia the . lXyl ~oiety by 1-3 su3~stituentS
seleete~ ~rom ~ydro~, 2~n~ C~ 4 ~ky~ 9~ 4)alkY
Cl-C4 2lkcxyo.. ~ oxy, ~lo a~d sulfo. The R and R5 groups m2y : .. ' ' . ' ~" .
.
. ~ ., .
,:
-:, 3~
also be taken together to orm a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring.
Within the abcve-described preferred embodiment, the preerred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)n in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably tho~e in which A is -CH2- and wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent HOCH2~
/ C=
c~3 or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, C~3C~2-, ~ C~- , 3 ~¦ ~ or C~3C~-c~3 C~3 Particul2rly preferred are the compounds wherein R~ is hydrogen znd Rl is (~3 CH3CH-, espe~ially compounds hzving the zbsolute configuration 5R, 6S, ~R.
~ particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises compo~nds of formula I wherein ~ R
~J
represents a radical of the formula RlD' ~herein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected f~om the grou~ consisting cf hydrogen, Cl-C~ ~lXyl, Cl C4 alkoxy, carbo~yl and carbamoyl and R is 2S deined above, and is preferzbly Cl-C6 alkyl, most pre.erzbly -CH3.
7~
Wi~hi~ the above-described pre~erred embodiment, the preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)nr in whioh n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -CH2- and ~herein (a) Rl and R8 ~a~en t~gether represent H C~C~i 2 or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydroge~, C~3C~2-, CH3~.
~ ",C- , ~r CX3 c~3 c~3 Pzrticul2rly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is 10~
C~3CH-, especially compounds having .he zbsolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Another preferred embodiment comprises compounds of formulz I wherein ~ N-R5 represents a radical of the formula R5 ~ 6 ~ !J
~, wherein R5 is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyl, and R6 represents hydrogen or Cl-C~ alkyl;
"' ~';
.,"' .
. ,:~ .., ~3~
(b) ~I R6 N~_~
~ 7 where'n R5 is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyl and R6 and R are hydrogen or Cl-C4 alkyl;
( C) ~-R5 wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R is Cl-C4 alkyl or phenyl~Cl-C4)alkyl;
(d) ~
11 .
wherein R5 is Cl--C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R6 is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyl;
(e) R
wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyli ~r ~3~
(f) N
~S ,.~ N - R5 wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl.
Within the above-described e~bodiment, the preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2) n~ in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is ~CH2- and wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent HOCH~
C=
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3CH~-, CH~ 3 1 ~H
CH- , ~ C- , or CH3C~- .
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is OH
CH3CH-, especially compounds having the absolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
A most preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises compounds of fo.rmula I wherein ~ N-R
represents a radical of the formula , ~.. :. ,. ~ , .
'"' ' .. , " ' .
. , ( a ) ~ N~CH 3 4 ~\CH 3 C~ .
(c) ~3 ( d)~ 2 2OE13 CH3~ ICH3 ( e ) ~/~3 ~ CH
~9 ~ 3 CH3 ~ ~ CH3 3 ( h ) ~N~ CH 3 C~ 3 I N
CH3 N~/
:~7;~
(k) N . N
(m) ~ ~ ; or (n) Within this above-described embodiment, the preferred compounds are those in which A i5 -(CH2)n- in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -(CH2)- and wherein (a) R and R8 taken together represent HOCH~
~C=
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3CH2-, .
CH~ CH~ OH ~H
CH- , ~ C- , or CH3CH-Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R is hydrogen and R is OH
CH3~H-, especially compounds having the absolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Specific prefer.red compounds of the present invention are those of the formula ,, . .. ' .
. .... .. .
,, 0~
(R) ` ~ S -A ~ ~ R5 o oOR2 wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a con~entional readily removable caxboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a counter ion and wherein - S ~ A ~ 0 R5 is (a) -SCH2 ~ N - CH3 (C) -scH2 ~ SCE: l=~
\CH3 (e)~SCH2CH2 ~ (f) -SC~2 ~ / ~/ CH2CH2 ~273~
\ ~ CH3 g -SCH2- ~ (h~ -SCH2 ~ ~ ~ H3 0NH3 C ~ ~, ~CH3 scH2~ 3 2 S ~ c~3 C~3 SCH2~\ 3 ~1) sCE~3 CH3 Cl ~ 2 ~m) -SCH2 ~ ~ ~n) -SCH
~ N/ ~ H ~ ~
wherein the lHMMR(D20) spectrum shows characteristic peaks at ô: 1.23(3H, d, J=6.~ Hz), 3.12(2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz), 3.39(1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 9.07-~.68(10H, m), 8.19(1H, s);
(~ ) -SCH2~\~
N~ H~
wherein the lHNMR(D20) spectrum shG~s characteristic peaks ~t o: 1.23(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15(2H, ~, J-3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37~1H, c, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65(10H, m), 8.62(1H, s);
~5 : . . ,. :
:' :' ' , .
3S)~
- 46 ~
/ OOe 2 ~ \ -SCH2 ~ 3 (t) CH3 (u) NH3 2 ~ /~ -SCH2 ~ ~ or N - CH2COO N _ N
(v) fH3 CH3 ~/ I
\~ N
~1 A most preferred embodiment o~ the present invention comprises compounds of formula I wherein ~N--R
represents ICH3 ~13 Within ~he above-described em~odiment, .the preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)n in which n is 1 or 2, mos. pre erably those in which A is -CH2 and wherein (a) Rl and R. taken together re~resent H OCH 2 ~
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydr~gen, CH3CH2~, CH3~ 3 ~ ~ ~H
CH- , / C- , cr CH3CH- .
C:~ CH3 ~ ~73~
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is 0~
CH31H-, especially compounds having the absolute con-figuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
The pror_ess of the present invention utilizes the interrnediate of the formula ~8 H R15 Rl ~ j ~ L
~ N ~ ooR2l which has been disclosed, for example, in European Patent Appli-cation 38,869 and European Patent Appl.ication 54,917 and which may be prepared by the general methods described therein. L
represents a conventional leaving group (defined as "X" in ~uropezn Patent Application 38,869) such as chloro, bromo, iodo, benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesul~onyloxy, p-nitrobenzene-sulfonyloxy, methanesulfonyloxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy or di(trichloroethoxy)phosphinyloxy . The preferred leaving group is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy Intermediates of Formula IV are generally formed in situ by reacting an intermediate of the formula Rl ~ 2' O COOR
ï~l wherein R1, R8, R15 and R2 are as defined abo~e with a suitable acylating agent R -L. The preferred intermediate IV where L is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy may be prepared by reacting keto ester III
in an inert organic sol~rent such as methylene chloride, acetonitrile or dirnethylformamide with about an equimolar amount of diphenyl chlorophosphate in the presence of a base such as di isopropylethylamine, triethylamlne, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or :,-~f"~3~S~
the like a~ a temperature of from about -20C to ~40~C, most preferably at about O~C. Intermediate IV may be isolated, if desired, but is conveniently used as the starting material f~r the process o~ the present invention without isolation or puri fication.
In the present process, carbapenem intermediate IV is reacted with a quaternary amine thiol compound of the formula ~S-A ~ -R
VII X~
wherein A ~ )R5 is as defined above and ~ is a counter anion. The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such 2S acetonitrile, acetonitrile-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydro-furan~H2O, acetonitrile-H2O or acetone in the presence of base.
The nature of the base is not critical. Examples o~ suitable bases include sodium hydroxide, diisopropylethylamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene and tri(Cl-C4)alkylamines such as triethylamine, tributylamine or tripropylamine. Reaction oi intermediate IV and thiol VII may be carried out over a wide temperature range, e.g. -15C up to room temperature, but is preferably done at a temperature in the range of from about -15C to ~15C, most preferably at around 0C.
~ he carbapenem product produced by reaction of the quaternary amine thiol VII with intermediate IV will have a counter anion associated with it [e.g. (C6H5O)2PO2 ~, Cl ~ or the anion associated with the quaternary thiol] which may at this stage be substituted by a different counter anion, e.g. o~e which is more pharmaceutic211y acceptable, by conventional procedures.
Alternatively, the counter anion may be removed duriny the subsequent de-blocking step. Where the quaternized carbapenem o ~73~
~9 compound and counter anion form an insoluble product, the product may crystallize out as it is ormed and be collected pure by filtration.
Following formation of the desired carbapenem product, the carboxyl protecting group R of Compound I' may be option-ally removed by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydrogenation. Where a protecting group such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzy~, benzhydryl or 2-naphthylmethyl is used which can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation, intermedi ate I' in a suitable solvent such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-diethylether-buffer, tetrahydrofuran-aqueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the like may be treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like at a temperature of from 0 to 50~C for from about 0.24 to 4 hours.
When R2 is a group such as o-nitrobenzyl, photolysis may also be used for deblocking. Protecting groups such as 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a palladium compound and triphenyl phosphine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional car-boxyl protecting gxoups may be removed by methods known to those skilled in the art Finally, as mentioned above, compounds of Formula I' where R is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without de-blocking since such esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.
It will be understood that where the R1, R8, R5 or R15 substituent or the quaternized heteroaromatic group attached to substituent A contain a functional group which might interfere ~it.h the int~nded course of reaccion, such group may be protected by a conventional blocking group and then subsequently de-blocked to regenerate the desired functional group. Suitable blocking groups and procedures for introducing and removing such groups are well-known to those skilled in the art.
3~t3 - 50 ~
As in the case of other B-lactam antibiotics, compounds of general Formula I may be converted by known procedures to pharmaceutically acceptable salts which, for purposes of the present invention, are substantially equivalent to the non-salted compounds. Thus, for example, one may dissolve a compound of Formula I wherein R is an anionic charge in a suitable inert solvent and then add an equivalent of a pharmaceutically accept-able acid. The desired acid addition salt may be recovered by conventional procedures, e.g. solvent precipltation, lyo-philization, etc. Where other basic or acidic functional groups are present in the compound of Formula I, pha~maceutically acceptable base addition salts and acid addition salts may be similarly prepared by known methods.
A compound of Formula I where R is hydrogen or an anionic charge, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may also be converted by conventional procedures to a corresponding compound where R2 is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester group, or a compound of Formula I wherein R is a conventional carboxyl-protecting group may be converted to the corresponding compound where R is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a physiologically hydrolyzable ester group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
It will be appreciated that certain products within the scope of Formula I may be formed as optical isomers as well as epimeric mixtures thereof. It is intended that the present invention include within its scope all such optical isomers and epimeric mixtures. Por example, when the 6-substituent is hydroxyethyl, such substituent may be in either the R or S
configuration and the resulting isomers as well as epimeric mixtures thereof are encompassed by the present invention~
The thiol intermediates of Formula VlI may be prepared, for example, from the corresponding thioacetate compound of the formula CH3CS-A ~ N
~7~
wherein A is as defined above and _ ~ h represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing a ~uaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom. The thio-acetate compound is quatexnized by reacting it in an inert organic solvent such as diethyl ether, dichlorsmethane, methylene chloride, dioxane, benzene, xylene, toluene or mixtures thereof with a suitable alkylating agent of the formula R -X' wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional leaving group such as halo ~chloro, bromo or iodo, most pre~erably iodo) or a sulfonate ester moiety such as mesylate, tosylate or triflate. The temperature for the alkylation reaction is not critical, and temperatures in the range of from about 0C to 40C
are preferred.
Prior to reaction with carbapenem intermediate IV, the ~uaternized thioacetate compound is subjected to acidic or basic hydrolysis to generate quaternary thiol intermediate VII. This hydrolysis is preferably done immediately prior to coupling with IV so as to minimize decomposition of the relatively unstable quaternary thiol VII.
By proper selection of the solvents, the reaction from intermediate III to end product I may be carried out without isolation of the various intexmediates, i.e. in a "one-pot"
process. An example of such a process is illustrated below in Example 7.
The carbapenem derivatives of general Formula I wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a physiologically hydro-lyzable carboxyl protecting group, or the pharmaceutically ~3~
acceptable salts thereof, are potent antibiotics active against various gram-positive and gram-negative bactexia and they may be used, for example, as animal feed additives for promotion of growth, as preservatives in food, as bactericides in industrial applications, for example in waterbased paint and in the white water of paper mills to inhibit the growth of harm~ul bacteria, and as disinfectants for destroying or inhibiting the growth of harmful bacteria on medical and dental equipment. They are especially useful, however, in the treatment of infectious disease in humans and other animals caused by gram-positive or gram-negative bacteria.
The pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention may be used alone or formulated as pharmaceutical compositions comprising, in addition to the active carbapenem ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The compounds may be administered by a variety of means; those of principal interest include: orally, topically or parenterally (e.g. intra-venous or intramuscular injection). The pharmaceutical composi-tions may be in solid form such as capsules, tablets, powders, etc. or in liquid form such as solutions, suspensions or emul-sions. Compositions for injection, the preferred route of delivery, may be prepared in unit dose form in ampules or in multidose containers and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and dispersing agents. The compositions may be in ready to use form or in powder form for reconstitution at the time of delivery with a suitable vehicle such as sterile water.
The dosage to be administered depends to a large extent on the particular compound being used, the particular composition formulated, the route of administration, the nature and condition of the host and the particular situs and organism being treated.
Selection of the particular preferred dosage and route of appli-cation, then, is left to the discretion of the therapist. In general, however, the compounds may be administer2d pa~enterally or orally to mammalian hosts in an amoun~ of from about 5 to 200 mg/kg/day. Administration is generally carried out in di.vided doses, e.g. three to four times a day.
i ~, .. . . .
.
.:
' '' ':
. . ; . .
.. .
; " - .
~7~
The following examples illustrate but do not limit the scope of the present invention.
Exam~le 1 Prepara~ion of 3-[4-(N,N-dimethyl-1,?,3-triazolium?-meth~lthio] 6~-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabic~clo (3.2.0)hePt-2 _ne-2-carboxylate OH
H
cJ~e /\~
A. Preparation of isomer A
H H
SAc a) MeOTi ~ 5~ le M ?~ ~ )2 CO ~3 d) H2/Pd-c :
:
.,. .~. . .
Me~hyltrifluoromethzne sulfonate (0.58 mI, 5.16 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solu-tion of 4-(methanethiolacetate)-1-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (590 mg, 3.S2 mmol) in dry ~ethylene chloride (2 mL) under nitrogen. After 0.5 h, the bath wzs removed and after 1 h, the solvPnt was removed with an 2spirator. The residual oil was dissolved in a few mL o~ water and this solution was cooled in an icebath. A cold solution of sodium hydroxidè (305 mg, 7.59 mmol) in a few mL of water was then added and the reaction was left stirring ~or 0.75 h~ The solution was diluted to 25 mL with water and the p~ was adjusted to 7.~ by the addition o~ solid sodium dihydrogen phosphate monohydrate. Then, 14 m~ of this solution (ca.
1.9 mmol of the triazolium thiol) was added t~ an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the enol phosphate (1.0 g, 1.72 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (10 mI). This W25 left stirring for 0.7S h (some crystalline material, presumahly Na2HP04 is deposited during the course of this reaction). The suspension was transferred to a pressure bottle with the aid o~ some ~P (20 mL) and water (~0 mL).
Ether (30 mL) and 10% palladium on charcoal (1.0 9) were added and the mixture hydrogenated (40 P.S.I.) for 1 h.
The organic phase was separated and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined a~ueous phases were filtered and the ~iltrate was concentrated under high ~acuum (ca.
0.5 mm, l.Sh). The yellow solution was then chromatog~aphed (medium pressure reverse phase column, 35 x 90 mm, H20 as eluent) to afford, after lyophilization, 395 mg of the carbapenem slightly contaminated with s~me inorga~ic material. It was puri~ied by ~P~C (10 x 300 m~ Waters Microbondapack C-18 col~mn, multiple injectionsl H2~ as .. . .
* Trademark . , :::.
.~:
. .
c~
_56 eluent) to give 310 mg (57~) of isomer A as a tan-colored powder: lHNMR (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.10 (2~, d, J=9.1 ~z), 3.24 (lH, q, J=2.7, 6.1Hz), 4.03-4.71 (lOH, m), 8;46 (IH, s); I~ (N~jol) 1760 cm ; uv (phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0.05) ~max 296 (E=7~500) .
B. Preparation of isomer B and isomer C
0~
a) MeOTf ~ H
SAc b) ag. NaOH ) ~ ~ S, ~ ~ Me2 Me - ~ C2 (tentative ~ N ~ 1l(~) structure) Co2pl~B
d) H2/Pd-C
Methyltrifluoromethane sulfonate (1.60 mL, 1400 mmol) was added dropwise tv an ice-cooled solution of 4-(methanethiolacetate)-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (1.20 g, 7.02 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (6 mL) under nitrogen.
This was allowed to warm to room temperature and left stirring ~or 16 h. Additional methyltri~luoromethane sulfonate (0.40 m~, 3.56 mmol) was added and after 3 h at room temperature, the solvent was removed with an aspirator.
The residual oil was triturated with ether and the resulting gum was dissolved in water (5 mI). This was cooled in ~n icebath and a solution of sodium hydroxide (844 mg, 21.1 mmol) in water (5 mL) was a~.~ed. After stirrin~ for O.75 h, this solution was diluted to 60 mL with water and the pH
adjusted to B by the addition of solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate. Then, 40 mL o~ this solution tca. 4.7 mmol of a mixture of isomeric triazolium thiols) was added to an *Trad~mark for liquld paraffln (liquid petrolatum); see The Merck Index, 10th Edltion (1963), page 1033, ltem 7048, for fur~her ., .
.~': ' ' . ' . ' ;. " : ": ' :
73~
ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the enol phosphate (2.00 g, 3.45 mmol) in TH~ (60 mL). This mlxture was left stirring in the icebath for 0.5 h after which it was ~ransferred to a pressure bottle co~taining a sus-pension of 10% palladium on charcoal (2.00 g) znd ether (60 mL). The mixture was hydr~genated (40 P~S.I.) ~or 1 h. The organic phase was separated and washed wi~h watex t2 x 10 mL) n The combined aqueous phases were filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under high vacuum (ca. 0.5 mm, 1.5 h). The remaining solution was then chromatographed (medium pressure reverse phase column, 45 x 130 mm, H20 as eluent) to a~ford, after lyophilization, 595 mg of a mixture of isomeric carbapenems which were contaminated with a little inorganic material. These were separated and purified by HPLC (10 x 300 mm Waters Micro-b~ndapack C-18 column, multiple injections, H2O 2S eluent) to ~fford, in order of elution: isomer B; 153 mg (13%);
XNMR (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1;4, 8.9 Hz), 3.39 (~1, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68 (lOH, m), ~1 -** _1 8.19 (lH, s); IR (N,ujol) 1755 Gm ; uv (phosphate buffer, pH=7.4, M=0.05) ~na~: 296 nm (~=6,700); and isomer C; 28q mg (24%); lHNMR (D2O) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, H=6.4 Hz), 3.15 (2~, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37 (lH, q, J-2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65 (10~, m), 8.62 (lH, s); IR lNujol) 1750 cm ; uv (pho~phate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0-05) ~max 298 nm (E~71600).
*Trademark **Trademark ~ .
~7;3~
Example 2 (5R,6S) 6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-3-(2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium-4-ylme hylthio)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3._.0]hept-2-e_e-2-czrboxylate ~3 .
O/~
A. ~thyl 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate , ~N~COÆt SOC12 ~OEt C}~3 ~ ~ ~OEt ~5 A solution of ethyl ~-N-carbethoxyhydrazonoproprionate (31.2 g, 0.154 mol) in thionyl chloride (80 mL) was stirred at 23C for 3 h and heated at 70C for 20 min. Thionyl chloride was evzporated and the residue was triturated in hexane (4 x 30 m~).
The red solid was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL) and the solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and water. After drying over Na2S0~ the solution was concentrated until the compound crystallized. ~fter standing at 23C for a while, the crystals were filtered; 16.8 g, mp 86C, 69%. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by chromatography on a silica gel column with dichloromethane as eluting solvent to give 3.17 g, mp 86C, 13~, ir (K~r)vmax: 1720 (ester) cm 1; Hmr (CDC13) ~: 1.52 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz, CH3CH2O), 4.57 ~H, q, J-7.1 Hz, CH3CH2O), 9.47 (lH, s, H of thiadiazole).
1C.D. ilurd and R.I. ~ori, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 77, 5359 (1955).
.,; .
~ , .
' ,.;:
~73 B . 1, 2, 3~ t hiadi azol- 4-ylme th Li;~lH4 h~ ~
To a suspension o~ ethyl 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate (18.3~ g, 0.116 mol) in ether (400 mI) was adde~ p~rtionwise lithium aluminum hydride (2.47 g, 0.065 mol) over 1 h peri~d. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23~C for 7 h and treated with lithium aluminum hydride (2.47 g, D.065 mL). The stirring was continued for 24 h before adding successively water (7 m~), 15%
sodium hydroxide solution (7 m~) and water (21 mL). After stirring for 15 mi~, the ether solution was deeanted and the gum was extracted with ether ( 5 x 100 ml). The ether extrac's were co~bined, dried (MgS04) a~d concentrated ~5.4 g). The crude material was purified on a silica gel column (120 g, 4 x 16 c~), with ether zs eluting solvent to gi~e 1.3 g (7%) of ethyl 1;2,3-thiadi2zol~4-ylcar~oxylate and 2.45 g (18%) of 1,2,3-thia~iazol-4-ylmethanol; ir (film)vmax: 3380 (OH) cm ; Hmr (CDC13)~: 2.31 (lH, s, OH), 5.22 (~H, s, CH20), 8.~0 (1~, s, H of thiadiazole).
S.I. Rzmsby, S.O. Ogren, 9.B. Ross and N.E. Stjernstrom, Asta Pharm. Succica., 10, 285-96 (1973); C.A., 79, 137052~ (1973).
.. '~ .
~iJ30~
C. 1 2, 3-thiadia~ol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate CH OH ,CH OMs N~ 2 . N ~ 2 sc~ s~
A s~luti~n of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol (0.75 g, 6. 5 mmol) in dichloromethane ~20 mL) w2s cooled to 5C under a nitroge~ atmosphere ~nd treated with trie ~ylamlne (1.018 mL, 7.3 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.S65 mL, 7.3 mmol).
P.fter lS min, the ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture w2s stirred for 2 h. The solution was washed with lN hydrochloric acid soluti~n ~2 x 2 mL) and water, dried ~MgSO4 + MgO) and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography ~silica gel column 1.5 x 21 cm) with ether as eluting solve~t ~o give 0.90 g (71%) of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate;
max ~ 2) cm , 1172 ~52) cm~l 1H
3.0g ~3~, s, CH3), 5.75 ~2H, s, CH2), 8.72 ~lH, s, H of thia~
diazole); uv ~C~2C12)~max: 251 ~El990) . Anal. calcd for C6H6N2O3S: C 24.73, H 3.11, N 14.42, S 33.02; found: C 24.78 H 3.09, N 14.66, S 31.94 and 0.13 g (19%) of di-(1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethyl)ether; ir (film)vmax: 1272, 1242, 1200, 986, 805, 728 cm 1; lHmr (CDC13)~: 5.16 ~s, 4H, CH2), 8.42 (s, 2H, H's of thiadiazole).
. ..
., . : : :
.
~. ~ '':
D. 4~acetylthiomethyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole CB~O~s cH3~s~a ~ c~ s~Q
To a solution of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate (0.90 g, 4.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (9 mL) was added an aqueous solution (2 mL.) of sodium thiolacetate [prepared from thiolacetic acid (0.38 mL, 5.3 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.445 g, 5.3 mmol)]. The resultins mixture was stirred at 23C for 1 h and diluted with ether (75 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (3 x 3 mL), dried (MgS04) and concentrated. The crude mlxture was purified by chromatography (silica gel column: 1.4 x 19 cm) with 50~
e,her in hexane as eluting solvent to give 0.60 g (75~); ir (film)~max: 1675 (C=O) cm ; Hmr (CDC13)~: 2.37 (3H, s, CH3), 4.58 (2H, s, CH2), 8.44 (lH, s, H of thiadiazole). Anal. calcd for C5H6N2OS2: C 34.47, H 3.47, N 16.08, S 36.80; found:
C 34.48, H 3.83, N 16.28, S 36.80.
...
73 O~) E. 4-acetylthiomethYl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium tr~.fluoro-methanesulfonate and 4-acetvlthiomethvl-3-methvl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluromethane sulfonate CH S~Q S~ 3 S~CH
~ 2 3 Cr SO ~e ;~ 3 ~+~ 2 3 ?~s ~ ~ ~s~ C:F3503 ~5~ 3 3 To a solution of 4-acetylthiomethyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole (O.60 g, 3.44 mmol) in a mixture of ether (4 mL) and dichloro-methane (0.4 mL) were added a few crystals of the title compounds and trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.407 mL, 3.6 mmol) over 5 min period. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 6 h. The white solid that was a mixture of -the two title compounds W2S filtered and washed with e~her, 1.05 g, 90~; ir (X3r)~max: 1675 (C=O) cm ; Hmr (DMS~, d-6)~:
2.43 (3H, s, CH3COS), 3,33 (s, CH3 on N-3), 4.57 (s, CH3 on N-2~, 4.66 (2H, s, CH2), 9.55 (H on thiadiazolium N-2), 9.66 ( H on thiadiazolium N-3). Anal. calcd for C7HgN2O4S3F3 C 20.27, H 2.38, N 9.45, S 32.46; found: C 24.61, H 2.57, N 8.47, S 28.21.
~7~3~3 P. 4-mercaPtomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoro-methznesulfonate and 4~mercaptornethy~l-3-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate '~e N~ 2 3 HCl, 6N ~ ~e ~+~25H
20 inte~ded that the pre~ent invention include the individual a- and B-isomer~, as well a6 mixture6 thereof.
To elaborats on the defini-tions for R1, R8 and R15;
(a) The aliphatic "alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl"
group~ may b~ 6traight or branched chain having 1-10 25 carbon atom6; preferred are 1-6, most pre~erably 1-4, carbon group~; when part of another sub6tituant, e.g. as in cycloakylalkyl, or heteroaralkyl or aralkenyl, the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl group preferably contain6 1-6, most preferably 1-4, oarbon atoms.
(b) "hateroaryl" include6 mono-, bi- and polycyclic aromatic heteroayclia group~ aontaining 1-4 0, N or S
atoms; preferred ara 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic rings such as thienyl, furyl, thladiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, l~othiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, 35 isoxazolyl, tatrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, ~, ' ', , .
~73~
_ - 20 -pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, etc.
~c) "heterooyc~yl" includes mono-, bi and polycyclir saturated or un~aturated non-a~romatic heterocyclic groups co~taining 1-4 O, N or ~ atoms;
preferred are 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic rings euch as morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidlnyl, ~c .
(d) "halo" inaludes chloro, ~romo, fluoro and iodo and i~ preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo.
The term "conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group" refer~ to a known ester group which has been employed to block a aarboxyl group during the chemical reaction step6 described below and which can be removed, if desired, by methods whiah do not result in any appreciable destruction of the rema$ning portion of the molecule, e.g. by ch~mical or enzymatic hy~roly6i~, treatment with chemical reducing agents under mild conditions, irradiation with ultraviolet light or catalytic hydrogenation. Examples of such ester proteating groups include benzhydryl, allyl, p-nitrobenzyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, trichloroethyl, ~ilyl 6uch a8 trimethylsilyl, phenacyl, p-methoxyben~yl, aoetonyl, o-nitrobenzyl, 4-pyridylmethyl and C1-C6 alkyl 6uch as methyl, ethyl or t-butyl. Includad within such protecting gxoupR are those whi¢h are hydrolyzed under physio1ogical condition6 such as pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl. A
particularly advantageous carboxy protecting group is p-nitroben~yl whioh may be readlly removed by catalytic hydrogenoly6iæ.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salt~ referred to above include the nontoxic acid addltion 6alt6, e.g. æalt6 with mineral acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromlc, hydroiodic, phosphoric, ~ulfuric, etc. and salts with ~1~,, jl 2l -organic acids sueh a maleic, acetic~ citric, ~uccinic, benzoic, tartaric, fumaric, mandelic, a~corbic, laetic, gluconic and malic. Compound~ of fvrmula I in the ~orm of acid addition salts may be wrltten a~
R~5 ~DDE~2 --3~ xe R2 = H or protecting group where X ~ repre~ents the acid anion. The eounter anion may be eelected 80 as to provide pharmaceutically acoeptable salt6 for therapeutic admini~tration but, in the case of intermediate compounds of formula I, X may alco be a toxic anion. In ~uch a case the ion can be subsequently removed or substituted by a pharmaceutically acceptable anion to form an active end product ~or therapeutic u~e. Whan acidic or ba~ic groups are pre~ent in the R1 or ~5 group or on the ~ N -radical, the present lnvention may al~o include ~ultable ~ase or acid saltg o~ the~e functi.onal groups, e.g. acid addltion ~alts in the ca~e of a ba6ic group and metal aalts (e.g. aod$um, potas~ium, calcium and aluminum), the ammonium ~alt and salt~ with nontoxi¢ amine~ (e.g.
trialkylamlne~, proeaine, dibenzylamine, 1-ephenamine, N-- benzyl-B-phenethylamine, N,N~-dlbenzylethylenediamine, etc.) in the ca6e of an acidic group.
Compound6 of formula I wherein R~ is hydrogen, an anionic eharg~ o.r a physiolugi~ally hydrolyzable eiter group together with pharmaeeutically aeceptabls ~alts ther00f are ueeful as antibaeterial agents. The remaining S compounds of formula I are valuable intermediate~ which can be converted into the above-mentioned biologieally active eompounds.
A preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises compound~ of foxmula I wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is hydrogen, CH3CH2-CH3 ~ OH
~CH- ~C- 3 CH3~ CH3f~
Among this subcla~s, the preferred oompounds are those in whieh R1 is OH
C 3C ~ most preferably compounds having the absolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Another preferred embodiment eomprises oompounds of formula I in whieh R1 and R8 taken together ~orm an alkylidene radical of the formula ~he alkylene ti.e. substituent "A") radical in the eompound~ of formula I may be ~traight or branehed ehain and may eon~ain from 1 to 6 earbon atoms. A preferred smbodiment oompriie those eompounds in whiçh A is -(CH2)-n in whieh n is 1 or 2 and a partieularly preferred embodiment eomprises tho~e oompounds where A is -CH2-.
~7~
The alkylene moiety ~A~ i8 attac:hed via a rinç
carborl atom to an N-substituted quaternized aromatic heterocycle OI the general formula f ~N~3 R 5 wherein the RS su~stituent i~ preferably an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C1o alke~yl, C2-C10 alXynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl-C1-C6 alkyl, phenyl, ph~nyl-Cl-C6 alkyl, phenyl-C2-C6 alkenyl, phenyl-C~-C~;
alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl in which the alkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atom~, heterocyalyl or heterocyclylalkyl ln which tha alkyl molety has 1-6 carbon atoms. The heteroaryl (or heteroaryl portion of heteroaralkyl ) R5 substituent may be a mono-, bi- or polycycl.ic aromatic heterocyclio group containing 1-4 O, N
or S atoms; preferred are 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ri ngs s uch as thi enyl, f uryl, thi adi az ol yl, oxadi az ol yl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidir~yl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl. The heterocyclyl (or heterocyclyl portion o~
heterocyclylalkyl ) R5 .~...~
. ~, substituent may be a mono-, bi- or p~lycyclic sa~rate~ ~
unsatur2,ed non-aromatic heterocyclic group containin~ 1-4 O, N or S atoms; preferred are 5- ~r 6-membered heterocycl-c rings such zs morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, py~ azolidinyl, imid2zolinvl, imid2zoli~inyl, pyrrolir~yl and pyrroli diny 1.
The R substi.uent may-be option211y subs,ituted by 1-3 subs.ituents independently selected fr~m:
(a) Cl-C6 alkyl optionally ~ubstituted by, preferably 1-3, am~no, f luoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl groups;
(b) fluoro, chloro or bromo;
( c) -OR
(d) -OC02R
(e) -OCOR
(f) -OCONR R
(g) o -OS-R9;
o (h) -oxo ( i ) - NR R
(i ) R3CoNR4_ (k) ~-NR3Co2R
(1) NR3CoNR3R
(rn) O
-NR3S-R9;
o (n) -SR3;
(o) -SOR
(p) O
-S-R
o (q) -S03R
(r) CO2R
( s ) - CoNR3R4 (t) -CN ; or (u) phenyl optior,ally substituted by 1-3 substituents in-dependently selected ~rom fluor~, chloro, br~no, Cl-C6 alkyl, ~oR3, NR3R4, -So3R3, --C:02R3 c:r -CONR R, wher~in, rela~ive ~o the abo~e-na~ned ~5 s~sti~uents, the groups R3 and ~4 are irldependently selected from hydrogen; al~yl, æOcenyl and æl~cy~yl~ ha~ing- 1-10 carboa~ atQ~s, cyclo~
alkyl, cyc:loal~cyl~lXyl ~nd alkylcy~loal~l ~ ~2~iag 3-6 carbon a~ms ~ cy~loal)cyl ring ~nd 1~6 ezr~oa a~ n ~he alkyl moiPtie~; phes~yl; ær~lkyl, arzlXenyl 2nd 2ra~c~nyl ~herein the ~ryl m~iety is phes~yl ~ad ~e alip~atic por,ion h~s 1-6 carbD~ atoms; 2nd heter~zryl, heteroaral);yl, he,erocyclyl ænd ~eterocyclyl~ yl wherein ~,hD heter~zryl ~a~d heterocyclyl group cr p~ o~ o:E a sroup is as ~e~ine~ 2bo~Je :Eor ~ ~e zlkyl ~oieties ~ssociated wit~ said hetert~cyclic 3~0ieties h2~e ~-6 - ca~bon ato;ns; or :~3 al~d R4 tzke~ ~oget~er with ~he ~itroges:
t~ which zt l~ast o2~e i5 at~ ~ched mzy fo~ a 5- or ' 6-mem~ered nit~ges~-containing heterocy~lic (2S t3e~ ea 2bo~re for ~5~ ing,o' a~a R9 is æs de~ined 2bo~e ~or R3 excep.. th~.' it ~ay ~t ~e hydroges~ A mc~s' pre'e-2e~
su~s'ituen is C~ 6 al~cyl~ espec~ally methyl.
In addition, the R substituent, together with. anot~er Xilag 2t:0m C~ the ~
moie~y, may form a ~use~ heterocyclic or heteroz:romatic ri~g, whioh ring may contain additional, preferably 1 or 2, hetero ato~ns selected ~rom O, N and S. ~or exampie, CN~ ~S may be ~
~1 or ~?
! "
3~
The group preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi-ox polycyclic aromatic heterocycle containing at least one nitrogen in the ring and 0-5 additional ring hetero atoms selected ~rom 0, S and N, said heterocyclic ring being attached to A
through a ring carbon atom and ha~ing a ring nitrogen atom ~uaternized by the group R5.
The heteroaromatic /~\ ~
~ N-ring may be optionally substituted at available ring carbon atoms by preferably 1-5, most pre~erably 1-3, substituents in-dependently selected from the group consisting of Cl-C4 alkyl;
Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by, pre~erably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo (hereinafter intended to mean chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo;
preferably chloro, bromo or ~luoro) or sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyi;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio; amino; Cl-C4 alkylamino;
di(Cl-C4)alkylamino; halo; Cl-C4 alka.poylamino; Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy;
carboxy; sulfo; O
-C-O-Cl-C4 alkyl;
hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(Cl-C4)-alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection w.ith phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or hetero-aralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or ~ atoms and the alkyl moiety 3~
associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independe~tly selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)aIkylamino, carboxy and sul~o and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected Lrom hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkyl2mino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo. In addition, available ring nitrogen atoms (other than the ~uaternized nitrogen) may be substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting o~ Cl-C4 alkyl; Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by, pre~erably 1-3, hydroxy, amlno, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)-alkyl2mino, Cl-C4 alkox~r, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylzmino, di(Cl-C4)zlkylzmino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl(Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl port.ion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
znd heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom ox atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or N
atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected from hydroxy, 2mino, halo, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moi.ety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, zmino, Cl-C~ alkyl2mino, di(Cl-C~)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo ~d sulfo The most pre erred ring carbon and nitrogen substituents are Cl-C6 alkyl, especizlly methyl.
~73 Within t~e aboYe descri~e~ preferred em~t~dimesltl the prefer~e~ coanpoun~s are those in w~ich ~ ~s - tC~I2) n in which n is 1 or 2, most prefera~ly. ~hose in which ~ is -Ç~2~ and wherein ~a) R~ d R~ ~aken ~ogether xepreseslt t~2~
C
C~3 or (b~ R i5 hydrogen and R repres ~t5 hydxogen, C~3OEI2-J
c~3~ 3~ IOE~ 0 C~ ~ . C- . , or C~3C~-. 3 C~3 Par~ ul~ly 3?referre~ are the co~po~mds wherei~ Rc8 ishy d:~ogen and }~ is 7~
C~13C~I-, especially compoun~ls ha~ing the a~solute configuratio~ SR, 6S, 8:R.
In a pref2rred e~odiment the group ~ .
_ _ represents an a~omatic ~- or 6- membered, N-cont~ining hete-o-cyclic ring r~ntaining 0~3 additional hetero atoms selected ~rom 0, S or N. Such aromatic heterocycle may, where possible, ~e fused to another ring which.mz~ be a saturated or unsaturated carbocycli ~ ng, pref~rably C,l-C7 carb~cyclic ri~g, zn aromatic car~ocyelic rins~ preferably a phenyl ring, a 4-7 mesr~ered hetero~
cyclic xing ( sa~urated or unsaturate~) cont2ining 1-3 ~e~ero a'oms selected fro~n 0, S, ~ or NRll in which Rll is hydr~gerl, Cl-C6 al~yl op~ionzlly substituted ~y 3-2 substituents in~ependently selected ro~n 0~3, -NR3R4, -Co2R3, ~xt~, phenyl, f~uoro, chloro, bromo, ~3~0 -503R3 and -C~R3R4, or phenyl optionally substitut~d by 1-3 substituents independently selected from Cl-C6 alkyl, -~R3, -NR3R4, ~lu~ro, chloro, brom~, -So3R3, -Co~R3 and -CoNR3R4/
wherein R3 and R4 in such Rll substituents are 2S ~efined above in connection ~i~h substituent R , or a 5-6 membered hëLer~-zrom2,ic ring containing 1-3 heter~ atoms selected ~rom 0, S, N or N~ll in which Rll is as defined ~bo~e. The 5- or 6- membered 2romatic quaternized ring or, where apprDpri~te, the c2rbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic r~ng ~used thereto, or bo~h such rings, m2y be optionally substituted on 2vail2ble ring 2t~ms by, pre er~ly up to a tot21 of five sub~ti.uents ~r the tot~l ring system, ,he substituents me~tioned above in connection with the group N
~ iithin ,he a~o~re-descxibed pre~erred embodiment, Lhe preTerred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)~ in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which ~ is -C~2- and wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent HOC~I2 \
CH f' or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydro~en, CH3C~2-, CH3~ 3\P P
CH- , C- , or CH3CH-C~3 C~3 ?~rticul~rly preferred zre the oompounds wherein R is hydrogen 2~d Rl is ~H
CH3CH-, especially compounds having the 2bsolute co~iguration 5R, 6S, 8Ro , .
~v~
- Still another~preferred el~odiment of the present invention comprises compounds o~ formula I wherein N - R
represen,s a radical selected from the group consisting of ~a) ~ ~
¦ ~ R
~<
~ 10 wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected ~rom hydrog~n ;
Cl-C4 zlkyl; Cl-C4 alXyl substituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, Cl-C4 alkylamlnQ, di(Cl-C4 zlkyl~mino, Cl--C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo (chloxo, bromo, fluo~o or iodo; p_eferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 cycloalkyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio;
amino; Cl-C4 zlkylamino; di(Cl-C4 alkyl)amino; halo (chlor~, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); Cl-C4 2 Ikanoyl~mino; Cl-C4 alka~oyloxy; czrboxy;
O
-C-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluorome.thyl, Cl-C4 alkyl or Cl-C4 alkoxy sroups;
phenyl (Cl-C~)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connectlon with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above ln connectlon with Cl-C4 alkyl:; and heteroaryl and heteroa~alkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms.in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the g~oup consis~ing of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associ~te~ Wit}l said heteroarzlkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms;
or where.n two of R6, R7 or Rl taXen together may be a fused saturzted carbocyclîc ring, a fused aroma,ic carbocyclic r~ng, 2 fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a ~used heteroaromatic ring, said fused rin~s being optiona~ly substituted by 1 ~r 2 of .he substituents defined above for R6, R7 ~nd R10;
~ ~73~
~/ ~ o~
el ~ N 3 ~
o~ionally substituted on'a caTbon atom by one to three subw stitu~nts inâependently selected from Cl-C4 .zlkyl, Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by, preferzbly 1-3 t hydroxy, Cl.-C4 zlkylamino, sulfo, di(Cl-C4 alkyl)amino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, ~luoro or iodo; preferably chloro, luoro or bromo); C3~C6 cyclozl~l; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthi~; amino;
Cl-C4 alkyl~mlno; di(Cl-C4 zlkyl)amino; halo'(chloro, b~omo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); Cl-C4 alX2noyl~mino; Cl-C4 alkanoyl~xy; carboxy;
O
-C~OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidi~o; yuanidino; ph~nyl; phenyl s~jstituted by o~e, two or three amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; prelerably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl or Cl-C4 alkoxy groups~, phenyl (Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl~C4 alkyl:;.and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or a~oms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sul~ur ztoms znd the zlkyl moiety associ2ted with said heteroaralkyl moiety hzs 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionaily s~bstitutea so zs tc ~orm a fused carbo-cyclic, heterocyclic or he't'eroaromat'ic ring optionally substitute by 1 or 2 of the substi,uents ~efined above;
;. .
.. ~
~73 _ 32 --R5 R5 ~5 ~1 el el (c~ N~ ~ N~ N ~N~
.,~N , R~ - ~5 optionally substituted on a c~rboA ato;~ by one ox t:wo su~sti-tuents independently selected from Cl-C,L alXyl; Cl-C4 al3cyl su}s~itute~ by, prefes~bly 1-3, hydroxy, Cl-C,a Plkyl~m;no, sul~o, di-tCl-C4 alkyl)amiAo, Cl-C4 alkoxy, ~smino, carboxy 9r halo (chloro, ~romo, fluoro or iodo; prefe2a:tly chlo~Q, lu~ro or br~mo); C3-C6 cycloa:L3cyl; Cl-C4 a3~ xy; Cl-C4 z-lkylthio; a~rlo;
Cl-C4 a~cyla~no; di (Cl-C4 alXyl) ~no; h210 (chloro, bromo, ~luoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or brom~); Cl-C4 lXznoylzmi~o; Cl-C~a 21kanoyloxy; car~oxy;
o -C-OCl-C4 ~lkyl; hydro~y; amidino; guznidino, phenyl; phenyl su~stituted by one, two or three ~no, halo ~hïoro"~romo, fluoro or iodo; pre~ers}:~ly chloror ~luoro or bromo~, hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C:l-C4 alkyl or Cl- C4 alkt:xy groups;
phenyl ~Cl-C4)alkyl i~ whi~ the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted ~y 1-3 su~stituents mentioned 7~bo~e in conne~tion with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1~3 substituents ~nentioned abo~e in connectioal with CloC4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or ~eteroaralXyl in whi~h th~ he~ero atom or atoms in the abo~re-na~ned heterocycli~ m~ieties are selected ~rom the group consisting o~ 1-4 oxy~en, r~itrogen cr sulfur atoms and the alkyl moie~y asst~cia~ed with said hetexoaralkyl moie~y has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally subs~i~uted so 25 t~ fo:r;n a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or he~cero2rom2tic ring op~i~nally subs~i~u~ed ~y 1 ~r 2 of the subs~ituen,s defined aboYe;
.. . ~ .
3L~7;3~
~ ~'N ~ ~N
N~ ~ ~N
.S ~,5 or N~ ~ N,~ ~
op'ionally substituted o~ a czrbor~ ~tom ~ a substituerlt independently selected ~so~n Cl;-C~ 21kyl;~ t:4 a:!ky.l su3:~stit~a~ed ~y, preferably 1---3,..hydroxy~ C1-~4 ~lXylamino, di(Cl-C4 aL~cyl)-a~nin~, sulfo, Cl-C4 a~koxy, a~oino, carbo~ or halo (chloro, bromo, ~luo~o or iodo; prefer2~ly chloro, 'luoro or ~omo~; C~ C6 c5~:1021kyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio; 2mino; C~-C4 alkyl-ami~o; di (Cl-C4 alkyl) amino; halo (chloro, ~romo, ~luoro or iodo; prefera}~ly chloro, ~luoro or bromo); Cl-C4 zlkanoylzmino;
Cl-C4 alka~oyloxy; carboxy;
n -C-OCl-C,~ zl~rl, hydro~y; amidino; gu2nidino., phenyl; phenyl s~stitu~ed by on~,~two or three ~nino, halo (chl~so, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloso, ~luoro or bromo), hydroxyl, xome~chy~ C4 al)cyl or ~ 1-C4 2~C0~y groupS
phenyl t~l-C4)~1kYl in which t~e phenyl portion may 3~e optionally substi~uted by 1-3 sub~titu~nts mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the ~lkyl poxtion ~ay be sptionally su}:stituted by 1-3 su}:sti~uents mentioned a~ove in connection wi~h Cl-C4 alkyl: and het~roaryl or heteroaxallcyl in which the het~ro atom or atoms in . the 2bo~e-named heterocyclic moiet~es are selec~ed from tha yroup eonsisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety 2ssociated with said hete:roaral'cyl moiety has 1-6 car~on atoms;
'~3 . , ~7~
~ ~ 5 (e) r~=~=~-R5 ~ R
_ _ ~ or - ~ X ~
wherein X is 0, S or NR in which R is Cl-C~ alkyl; Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)-alkylamino, Cl-C9 alko~y, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sul~o;
phenyl(Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally subs~ituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected from hydroxy, zmino, halo, txifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di~Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di~Cl-C4)alkylamlno, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo; said heteroaromatic radical being optionally substituted on a caxbon atom by one or more substituents independently selected from Cl-C4 alkyl; Cl~Cq alkyl substituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoxo or bromo);
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl~C4 alkylthio; amino; C1--C4 alkylaminc; di(cl-c4 alkyl)amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or broino~; Cl-C4 alXanoylami~o;
Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy; O
-C-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; 2midino;
~3~
guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by one, two or thrse amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1~C4) alkyl in which the phenyl port~o~ may be optionally ~ub~titut~d by 1-3 substituent6 mentioned above in ~onnection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally ~ubstituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above tn connectlon with C1-C~
alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in th~ above-~amed heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nltrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moi~ty as60ciated with 6aid heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substltuted so as to form a fu6ed carbocyclic, hetero~yclic or heteroaromatic ring optionally ~ubstituted by 1 or 2 of the 6ubstituents deflned above;
R5~ x ~ 5 - -N-R N ~ N-R
or ~ J
.J
o~v wherein X i8 O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl 6ubstituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycl~alkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 6ubstituents mentioned a~ove in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl ~ubstituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally B ubstituted by 1-3 6 ubstituent~ mentioned above in connectlon with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally ~ubstituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are ~elected from the group consisting of 1-4 0, S or ~ atoms and the alkyl moiety a~sociated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionslly subst~tuted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 ~ub~tituents independently 6elected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl .moiety by 1-3 substituents seleGtod from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and 6 ul fo; 8 aid heteroaromatic radical being optionally ~ubstituted on a carbon atom by a substituent selected from Cl-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl ~ubstituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino; C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, 6ulfo, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; d-(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C1-C4 alkanoylamino; Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
D
~7~01.0 - 36a --C-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino;
guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo (chloro, brom, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C~
alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substltuents mentioned above in sonnection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in the above-~ame heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group aonsisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atom~; and ., :.
!55 ~9 ' ~g7 N~ R R --N t~ N~N
R ~ R
~- N-R ~--N ~2 S ~ r 5 N ~;N ~ ~ N
;, wherein ~ is Cl-C~ cyl; CL-C,~L alXyl su~stituted by 1-3 hydroxy, ~no~ Cl-C,~ aL~cyl2~i~0, di (Cl-C4~ ~Lkylamino, t l-C4 alXoxy~ c~xbo~y, halo or ~ulfo gr~ups; C3 C6 cyclo-Y ; ~3 ~6 cycloa~cyl (Cl-C4) a:Ucyl optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned ~ ov~ ia con~ection with Cl-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl su~stituted ~y 1-3 s~st~tue~ts isldepeslde~tly ~ele~tea fro~
~ai~o, ~alv, hy~roxy, 'csi..luoromet~yl, Cl-C4 al~cyl, CiC4 a~oxy, Cl-C4 21ky~1!!mi~0~ ~i (Cl~C4) ?l~CylCnO~ car3~oxy ~d sulfo;
henyl(Cl-C~)~lXyl i~ which the phenyl portion ~n2y be optio~Ally su~stituted by 1-3 su!~stituents me~tio~e~ e i~ cc~nection wit~ p~enyl ~ the alkyl portion m~y b~ optionzlly sul:stituted ~y 1-3 substituents me3~tione~ a~ov~ ~n connection w~t~ CiC4 ~
~nd heteroaryi ~nd hetero~raikyi ial which the hetero atom os atoms ær~ selected fx~m th~ group c~nsisting o~ 1-4 0, S or N ato~ns ~d ~he &lXyl m~iety ~ssodatea wit~ heteroaral3cyl has 1-6 carbo~
at~ms, s~i~ heteroa~yl 2n~ h~e:roar~lkyl grou3?s ~e~ng optios~lly s~st~tuted in the heteroeyc~ic riDg mo~et~ by 1~ 3 s~stitues~ts indepe~dent~y ~el~ct~d frosn hydro~, an~no, ~210~ t~ luorome~chyl, Cl-C4 ~Xyl, C iC~Ç~ alko:t~y, CiC,~ al3cylamino, di~Cl-C4)~1Xyla~o, c2r~0~ d sul~o zn~!l ia the . lXyl ~oiety by 1-3 su3~stituentS
seleete~ ~rom ~ydro~, 2~n~ C~ 4 ~ky~ 9~ 4)alkY
Cl-C4 2lkcxyo.. ~ oxy, ~lo a~d sulfo. The R and R5 groups m2y : .. ' ' . ' ~" .
.
. ~ ., .
,:
-:, 3~
also be taken together to orm a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring.
Within the abcve-described preferred embodiment, the preerred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)n in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably tho~e in which A is -CH2- and wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent HOCH2~
/ C=
c~3 or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, C~3C~2-, ~ C~- , 3 ~¦ ~ or C~3C~-c~3 C~3 Particul2rly preferred are the compounds wherein R~ is hydrogen znd Rl is (~3 CH3CH-, espe~ially compounds hzving the zbsolute configuration 5R, 6S, ~R.
~ particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises compo~nds of formula I wherein ~ R
~J
represents a radical of the formula RlD' ~herein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected f~om the grou~ consisting cf hydrogen, Cl-C~ ~lXyl, Cl C4 alkoxy, carbo~yl and carbamoyl and R is 2S deined above, and is preferzbly Cl-C6 alkyl, most pre.erzbly -CH3.
7~
Wi~hi~ the above-described pre~erred embodiment, the preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)nr in whioh n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -CH2- and ~herein (a) Rl and R8 ~a~en t~gether represent H C~C~i 2 or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydroge~, C~3C~2-, CH3~.
~ ",C- , ~r CX3 c~3 c~3 Pzrticul2rly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is 10~
C~3CH-, especially compounds having .he zbsolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Another preferred embodiment comprises compounds of formulz I wherein ~ N-R5 represents a radical of the formula R5 ~ 6 ~ !J
~, wherein R5 is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyl, and R6 represents hydrogen or Cl-C~ alkyl;
"' ~';
.,"' .
. ,:~ .., ~3~
(b) ~I R6 N~_~
~ 7 where'n R5 is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyl and R6 and R are hydrogen or Cl-C4 alkyl;
( C) ~-R5 wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R is Cl-C4 alkyl or phenyl~Cl-C4)alkyl;
(d) ~
11 .
wherein R5 is Cl--C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R6 is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyl;
(e) R
wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R is Cl-C~ alkyl, most preferably methyli ~r ~3~
(f) N
~S ,.~ N - R5 wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl.
Within the above-described e~bodiment, the preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2) n~ in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is ~CH2- and wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent HOCH~
C=
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3CH~-, CH~ 3 1 ~H
CH- , ~ C- , or CH3C~- .
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is OH
CH3CH-, especially compounds having the absolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
A most preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises compounds of fo.rmula I wherein ~ N-R
represents a radical of the formula , ~.. :. ,. ~ , .
'"' ' .. , " ' .
. , ( a ) ~ N~CH 3 4 ~\CH 3 C~ .
(c) ~3 ( d)~ 2 2OE13 CH3~ ICH3 ( e ) ~/~3 ~ CH
~9 ~ 3 CH3 ~ ~ CH3 3 ( h ) ~N~ CH 3 C~ 3 I N
CH3 N~/
:~7;~
(k) N . N
(m) ~ ~ ; or (n) Within this above-described embodiment, the preferred compounds are those in which A i5 -(CH2)n- in which n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -(CH2)- and wherein (a) R and R8 taken together represent HOCH~
~C=
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3CH2-, .
CH~ CH~ OH ~H
CH- , ~ C- , or CH3CH-Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R is hydrogen and R is OH
CH3~H-, especially compounds having the absolute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Specific prefer.red compounds of the present invention are those of the formula ,, . .. ' .
. .... .. .
,, 0~
(R) ` ~ S -A ~ ~ R5 o oOR2 wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a con~entional readily removable caxboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a counter ion and wherein - S ~ A ~ 0 R5 is (a) -SCH2 ~ N - CH3 (C) -scH2 ~ SCE: l=~
\CH3 (e)~SCH2CH2 ~ (f) -SC~2 ~ / ~/ CH2CH2 ~273~
\ ~ CH3 g -SCH2- ~ (h~ -SCH2 ~ ~ ~ H3 0NH3 C ~ ~, ~CH3 scH2~ 3 2 S ~ c~3 C~3 SCH2~\ 3 ~1) sCE~3 CH3 Cl ~ 2 ~m) -SCH2 ~ ~ ~n) -SCH
~ N/ ~ H ~ ~
wherein the lHMMR(D20) spectrum shows characteristic peaks at ô: 1.23(3H, d, J=6.~ Hz), 3.12(2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz), 3.39(1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 9.07-~.68(10H, m), 8.19(1H, s);
(~ ) -SCH2~\~
N~ H~
wherein the lHNMR(D20) spectrum shG~s characteristic peaks ~t o: 1.23(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15(2H, ~, J-3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37~1H, c, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65(10H, m), 8.62(1H, s);
~5 : . . ,. :
:' :' ' , .
3S)~
- 46 ~
/ OOe 2 ~ \ -SCH2 ~ 3 (t) CH3 (u) NH3 2 ~ /~ -SCH2 ~ ~ or N - CH2COO N _ N
(v) fH3 CH3 ~/ I
\~ N
~1 A most preferred embodiment o~ the present invention comprises compounds of formula I wherein ~N--R
represents ICH3 ~13 Within ~he above-described em~odiment, .the preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)n in which n is 1 or 2, mos. pre erably those in which A is -CH2 and wherein (a) Rl and R. taken together re~resent H OCH 2 ~
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydr~gen, CH3CH2~, CH3~ 3 ~ ~ ~H
CH- , / C- , cr CH3CH- .
C:~ CH3 ~ ~73~
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is 0~
CH31H-, especially compounds having the absolute con-figuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
The pror_ess of the present invention utilizes the interrnediate of the formula ~8 H R15 Rl ~ j ~ L
~ N ~ ooR2l which has been disclosed, for example, in European Patent Appli-cation 38,869 and European Patent Appl.ication 54,917 and which may be prepared by the general methods described therein. L
represents a conventional leaving group (defined as "X" in ~uropezn Patent Application 38,869) such as chloro, bromo, iodo, benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesul~onyloxy, p-nitrobenzene-sulfonyloxy, methanesulfonyloxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy or di(trichloroethoxy)phosphinyloxy . The preferred leaving group is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy Intermediates of Formula IV are generally formed in situ by reacting an intermediate of the formula Rl ~ 2' O COOR
ï~l wherein R1, R8, R15 and R2 are as defined abo~e with a suitable acylating agent R -L. The preferred intermediate IV where L is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy may be prepared by reacting keto ester III
in an inert organic sol~rent such as methylene chloride, acetonitrile or dirnethylformamide with about an equimolar amount of diphenyl chlorophosphate in the presence of a base such as di isopropylethylamine, triethylamlne, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or :,-~f"~3~S~
the like a~ a temperature of from about -20C to ~40~C, most preferably at about O~C. Intermediate IV may be isolated, if desired, but is conveniently used as the starting material f~r the process o~ the present invention without isolation or puri fication.
In the present process, carbapenem intermediate IV is reacted with a quaternary amine thiol compound of the formula ~S-A ~ -R
VII X~
wherein A ~ )R5 is as defined above and ~ is a counter anion. The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent such 2S acetonitrile, acetonitrile-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydro-furan~H2O, acetonitrile-H2O or acetone in the presence of base.
The nature of the base is not critical. Examples o~ suitable bases include sodium hydroxide, diisopropylethylamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene and tri(Cl-C4)alkylamines such as triethylamine, tributylamine or tripropylamine. Reaction oi intermediate IV and thiol VII may be carried out over a wide temperature range, e.g. -15C up to room temperature, but is preferably done at a temperature in the range of from about -15C to ~15C, most preferably at around 0C.
~ he carbapenem product produced by reaction of the quaternary amine thiol VII with intermediate IV will have a counter anion associated with it [e.g. (C6H5O)2PO2 ~, Cl ~ or the anion associated with the quaternary thiol] which may at this stage be substituted by a different counter anion, e.g. o~e which is more pharmaceutic211y acceptable, by conventional procedures.
Alternatively, the counter anion may be removed duriny the subsequent de-blocking step. Where the quaternized carbapenem o ~73~
~9 compound and counter anion form an insoluble product, the product may crystallize out as it is ormed and be collected pure by filtration.
Following formation of the desired carbapenem product, the carboxyl protecting group R of Compound I' may be option-ally removed by conventional procedures such as solvolysis, chemical reduction or hydrogenation. Where a protecting group such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzy~, benzhydryl or 2-naphthylmethyl is used which can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation, intermedi ate I' in a suitable solvent such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydrofuran-diethylether-buffer, tetrahydrofuran-aqueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the like may be treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like at a temperature of from 0 to 50~C for from about 0.24 to 4 hours.
When R2 is a group such as o-nitrobenzyl, photolysis may also be used for deblocking. Protecting groups such as 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a mixture of a palladium compound and triphenyl phosphine in a suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional car-boxyl protecting gxoups may be removed by methods known to those skilled in the art Finally, as mentioned above, compounds of Formula I' where R is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without de-blocking since such esters are hydrolyzed in vivo under physiological conditions.
It will be understood that where the R1, R8, R5 or R15 substituent or the quaternized heteroaromatic group attached to substituent A contain a functional group which might interfere ~it.h the int~nded course of reaccion, such group may be protected by a conventional blocking group and then subsequently de-blocked to regenerate the desired functional group. Suitable blocking groups and procedures for introducing and removing such groups are well-known to those skilled in the art.
3~t3 - 50 ~
As in the case of other B-lactam antibiotics, compounds of general Formula I may be converted by known procedures to pharmaceutically acceptable salts which, for purposes of the present invention, are substantially equivalent to the non-salted compounds. Thus, for example, one may dissolve a compound of Formula I wherein R is an anionic charge in a suitable inert solvent and then add an equivalent of a pharmaceutically accept-able acid. The desired acid addition salt may be recovered by conventional procedures, e.g. solvent precipltation, lyo-philization, etc. Where other basic or acidic functional groups are present in the compound of Formula I, pha~maceutically acceptable base addition salts and acid addition salts may be similarly prepared by known methods.
A compound of Formula I where R is hydrogen or an anionic charge, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may also be converted by conventional procedures to a corresponding compound where R2 is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester group, or a compound of Formula I wherein R is a conventional carboxyl-protecting group may be converted to the corresponding compound where R is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a physiologically hydrolyzable ester group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
It will be appreciated that certain products within the scope of Formula I may be formed as optical isomers as well as epimeric mixtures thereof. It is intended that the present invention include within its scope all such optical isomers and epimeric mixtures. Por example, when the 6-substituent is hydroxyethyl, such substituent may be in either the R or S
configuration and the resulting isomers as well as epimeric mixtures thereof are encompassed by the present invention~
The thiol intermediates of Formula VlI may be prepared, for example, from the corresponding thioacetate compound of the formula CH3CS-A ~ N
~7~
wherein A is as defined above and _ ~ h represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing a ~uaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom. The thio-acetate compound is quatexnized by reacting it in an inert organic solvent such as diethyl ether, dichlorsmethane, methylene chloride, dioxane, benzene, xylene, toluene or mixtures thereof with a suitable alkylating agent of the formula R -X' wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional leaving group such as halo ~chloro, bromo or iodo, most pre~erably iodo) or a sulfonate ester moiety such as mesylate, tosylate or triflate. The temperature for the alkylation reaction is not critical, and temperatures in the range of from about 0C to 40C
are preferred.
Prior to reaction with carbapenem intermediate IV, the ~uaternized thioacetate compound is subjected to acidic or basic hydrolysis to generate quaternary thiol intermediate VII. This hydrolysis is preferably done immediately prior to coupling with IV so as to minimize decomposition of the relatively unstable quaternary thiol VII.
By proper selection of the solvents, the reaction from intermediate III to end product I may be carried out without isolation of the various intexmediates, i.e. in a "one-pot"
process. An example of such a process is illustrated below in Example 7.
The carbapenem derivatives of general Formula I wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a physiologically hydro-lyzable carboxyl protecting group, or the pharmaceutically ~3~
acceptable salts thereof, are potent antibiotics active against various gram-positive and gram-negative bactexia and they may be used, for example, as animal feed additives for promotion of growth, as preservatives in food, as bactericides in industrial applications, for example in waterbased paint and in the white water of paper mills to inhibit the growth of harm~ul bacteria, and as disinfectants for destroying or inhibiting the growth of harmful bacteria on medical and dental equipment. They are especially useful, however, in the treatment of infectious disease in humans and other animals caused by gram-positive or gram-negative bacteria.
The pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention may be used alone or formulated as pharmaceutical compositions comprising, in addition to the active carbapenem ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The compounds may be administered by a variety of means; those of principal interest include: orally, topically or parenterally (e.g. intra-venous or intramuscular injection). The pharmaceutical composi-tions may be in solid form such as capsules, tablets, powders, etc. or in liquid form such as solutions, suspensions or emul-sions. Compositions for injection, the preferred route of delivery, may be prepared in unit dose form in ampules or in multidose containers and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and dispersing agents. The compositions may be in ready to use form or in powder form for reconstitution at the time of delivery with a suitable vehicle such as sterile water.
The dosage to be administered depends to a large extent on the particular compound being used, the particular composition formulated, the route of administration, the nature and condition of the host and the particular situs and organism being treated.
Selection of the particular preferred dosage and route of appli-cation, then, is left to the discretion of the therapist. In general, however, the compounds may be administer2d pa~enterally or orally to mammalian hosts in an amoun~ of from about 5 to 200 mg/kg/day. Administration is generally carried out in di.vided doses, e.g. three to four times a day.
i ~, .. . . .
.
.:
' '' ':
. . ; . .
.. .
; " - .
~7~
The following examples illustrate but do not limit the scope of the present invention.
Exam~le 1 Prepara~ion of 3-[4-(N,N-dimethyl-1,?,3-triazolium?-meth~lthio] 6~-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabic~clo (3.2.0)hePt-2 _ne-2-carboxylate OH
H
cJ~e /\~
A. Preparation of isomer A
H H
SAc a) MeOTi ~ 5~ le M ?~ ~ )2 CO ~3 d) H2/Pd-c :
:
.,. .~. . .
Me~hyltrifluoromethzne sulfonate (0.58 mI, 5.16 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solu-tion of 4-(methanethiolacetate)-1-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (590 mg, 3.S2 mmol) in dry ~ethylene chloride (2 mL) under nitrogen. After 0.5 h, the bath wzs removed and after 1 h, the solvPnt was removed with an 2spirator. The residual oil was dissolved in a few mL o~ water and this solution was cooled in an icebath. A cold solution of sodium hydroxidè (305 mg, 7.59 mmol) in a few mL of water was then added and the reaction was left stirring ~or 0.75 h~ The solution was diluted to 25 mL with water and the p~ was adjusted to 7.~ by the addition o~ solid sodium dihydrogen phosphate monohydrate. Then, 14 m~ of this solution (ca.
1.9 mmol of the triazolium thiol) was added t~ an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the enol phosphate (1.0 g, 1.72 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (10 mI). This W25 left stirring for 0.7S h (some crystalline material, presumahly Na2HP04 is deposited during the course of this reaction). The suspension was transferred to a pressure bottle with the aid o~ some ~P (20 mL) and water (~0 mL).
Ether (30 mL) and 10% palladium on charcoal (1.0 9) were added and the mixture hydrogenated (40 P.S.I.) for 1 h.
The organic phase was separated and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined a~ueous phases were filtered and the ~iltrate was concentrated under high ~acuum (ca.
0.5 mm, l.Sh). The yellow solution was then chromatog~aphed (medium pressure reverse phase column, 35 x 90 mm, H20 as eluent) to afford, after lyophilization, 395 mg of the carbapenem slightly contaminated with s~me inorga~ic material. It was puri~ied by ~P~C (10 x 300 m~ Waters Microbondapack C-18 col~mn, multiple injectionsl H2~ as .. . .
* Trademark . , :::.
.~:
. .
c~
_56 eluent) to give 310 mg (57~) of isomer A as a tan-colored powder: lHNMR (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.10 (2~, d, J=9.1 ~z), 3.24 (lH, q, J=2.7, 6.1Hz), 4.03-4.71 (lOH, m), 8;46 (IH, s); I~ (N~jol) 1760 cm ; uv (phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0.05) ~max 296 (E=7~500) .
B. Preparation of isomer B and isomer C
0~
a) MeOTf ~ H
SAc b) ag. NaOH ) ~ ~ S, ~ ~ Me2 Me - ~ C2 (tentative ~ N ~ 1l(~) structure) Co2pl~B
d) H2/Pd-C
Methyltrifluoromethane sulfonate (1.60 mL, 1400 mmol) was added dropwise tv an ice-cooled solution of 4-(methanethiolacetate)-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (1.20 g, 7.02 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (6 mL) under nitrogen.
This was allowed to warm to room temperature and left stirring ~or 16 h. Additional methyltri~luoromethane sulfonate (0.40 m~, 3.56 mmol) was added and after 3 h at room temperature, the solvent was removed with an aspirator.
The residual oil was triturated with ether and the resulting gum was dissolved in water (5 mI). This was cooled in ~n icebath and a solution of sodium hydroxide (844 mg, 21.1 mmol) in water (5 mL) was a~.~ed. After stirrin~ for O.75 h, this solution was diluted to 60 mL with water and the pH
adjusted to B by the addition of solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate. Then, 40 mL o~ this solution tca. 4.7 mmol of a mixture of isomeric triazolium thiols) was added to an *Trad~mark for liquld paraffln (liquid petrolatum); see The Merck Index, 10th Edltion (1963), page 1033, ltem 7048, for fur~her ., .
.~': ' ' . ' . ' ;. " : ": ' :
73~
ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the enol phosphate (2.00 g, 3.45 mmol) in TH~ (60 mL). This mlxture was left stirring in the icebath for 0.5 h after which it was ~ransferred to a pressure bottle co~taining a sus-pension of 10% palladium on charcoal (2.00 g) znd ether (60 mL). The mixture was hydr~genated (40 P~S.I.) ~or 1 h. The organic phase was separated and washed wi~h watex t2 x 10 mL) n The combined aqueous phases were filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under high vacuum (ca. 0.5 mm, 1.5 h). The remaining solution was then chromatographed (medium pressure reverse phase column, 45 x 130 mm, H20 as eluent) to a~ford, after lyophilization, 595 mg of a mixture of isomeric carbapenems which were contaminated with a little inorganic material. These were separated and purified by HPLC (10 x 300 mm Waters Micro-b~ndapack C-18 column, multiple injections, H2O 2S eluent) to ~fford, in order of elution: isomer B; 153 mg (13%);
XNMR (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1;4, 8.9 Hz), 3.39 (~1, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68 (lOH, m), ~1 -** _1 8.19 (lH, s); IR (N,ujol) 1755 Gm ; uv (phosphate buffer, pH=7.4, M=0.05) ~na~: 296 nm (~=6,700); and isomer C; 28q mg (24%); lHNMR (D2O) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, H=6.4 Hz), 3.15 (2~, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37 (lH, q, J-2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65 (10~, m), 8.62 (lH, s); IR lNujol) 1750 cm ; uv (pho~phate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0-05) ~max 298 nm (E~71600).
*Trademark **Trademark ~ .
~7;3~
Example 2 (5R,6S) 6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-3-(2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium-4-ylme hylthio)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3._.0]hept-2-e_e-2-czrboxylate ~3 .
O/~
A. ~thyl 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate , ~N~COÆt SOC12 ~OEt C}~3 ~ ~ ~OEt ~5 A solution of ethyl ~-N-carbethoxyhydrazonoproprionate (31.2 g, 0.154 mol) in thionyl chloride (80 mL) was stirred at 23C for 3 h and heated at 70C for 20 min. Thionyl chloride was evzporated and the residue was triturated in hexane (4 x 30 m~).
The red solid was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL) and the solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and water. After drying over Na2S0~ the solution was concentrated until the compound crystallized. ~fter standing at 23C for a while, the crystals were filtered; 16.8 g, mp 86C, 69%. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by chromatography on a silica gel column with dichloromethane as eluting solvent to give 3.17 g, mp 86C, 13~, ir (K~r)vmax: 1720 (ester) cm 1; Hmr (CDC13) ~: 1.52 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz, CH3CH2O), 4.57 ~H, q, J-7.1 Hz, CH3CH2O), 9.47 (lH, s, H of thiadiazole).
1C.D. ilurd and R.I. ~ori, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 77, 5359 (1955).
.,; .
~ , .
' ,.;:
~73 B . 1, 2, 3~ t hiadi azol- 4-ylme th Li;~lH4 h~ ~
To a suspension o~ ethyl 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate (18.3~ g, 0.116 mol) in ether (400 mI) was adde~ p~rtionwise lithium aluminum hydride (2.47 g, 0.065 mol) over 1 h peri~d. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23~C for 7 h and treated with lithium aluminum hydride (2.47 g, D.065 mL). The stirring was continued for 24 h before adding successively water (7 m~), 15%
sodium hydroxide solution (7 m~) and water (21 mL). After stirring for 15 mi~, the ether solution was deeanted and the gum was extracted with ether ( 5 x 100 ml). The ether extrac's were co~bined, dried (MgS04) a~d concentrated ~5.4 g). The crude material was purified on a silica gel column (120 g, 4 x 16 c~), with ether zs eluting solvent to gi~e 1.3 g (7%) of ethyl 1;2,3-thiadi2zol~4-ylcar~oxylate and 2.45 g (18%) of 1,2,3-thia~iazol-4-ylmethanol; ir (film)vmax: 3380 (OH) cm ; Hmr (CDC13)~: 2.31 (lH, s, OH), 5.22 (~H, s, CH20), 8.~0 (1~, s, H of thiadiazole).
S.I. Rzmsby, S.O. Ogren, 9.B. Ross and N.E. Stjernstrom, Asta Pharm. Succica., 10, 285-96 (1973); C.A., 79, 137052~ (1973).
.. '~ .
~iJ30~
C. 1 2, 3-thiadia~ol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate CH OH ,CH OMs N~ 2 . N ~ 2 sc~ s~
A s~luti~n of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol (0.75 g, 6. 5 mmol) in dichloromethane ~20 mL) w2s cooled to 5C under a nitroge~ atmosphere ~nd treated with trie ~ylamlne (1.018 mL, 7.3 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.S65 mL, 7.3 mmol).
P.fter lS min, the ice-bath was removed and the reaction mixture w2s stirred for 2 h. The solution was washed with lN hydrochloric acid soluti~n ~2 x 2 mL) and water, dried ~MgSO4 + MgO) and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography ~silica gel column 1.5 x 21 cm) with ether as eluting solve~t ~o give 0.90 g (71%) of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate;
max ~ 2) cm , 1172 ~52) cm~l 1H
3.0g ~3~, s, CH3), 5.75 ~2H, s, CH2), 8.72 ~lH, s, H of thia~
diazole); uv ~C~2C12)~max: 251 ~El990) . Anal. calcd for C6H6N2O3S: C 24.73, H 3.11, N 14.42, S 33.02; found: C 24.78 H 3.09, N 14.66, S 31.94 and 0.13 g (19%) of di-(1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethyl)ether; ir (film)vmax: 1272, 1242, 1200, 986, 805, 728 cm 1; lHmr (CDC13)~: 5.16 ~s, 4H, CH2), 8.42 (s, 2H, H's of thiadiazole).
. ..
., . : : :
.
~. ~ '':
D. 4~acetylthiomethyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole CB~O~s cH3~s~a ~ c~ s~Q
To a solution of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate (0.90 g, 4.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (9 mL) was added an aqueous solution (2 mL.) of sodium thiolacetate [prepared from thiolacetic acid (0.38 mL, 5.3 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (0.445 g, 5.3 mmol)]. The resultins mixture was stirred at 23C for 1 h and diluted with ether (75 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (3 x 3 mL), dried (MgS04) and concentrated. The crude mlxture was purified by chromatography (silica gel column: 1.4 x 19 cm) with 50~
e,her in hexane as eluting solvent to give 0.60 g (75~); ir (film)~max: 1675 (C=O) cm ; Hmr (CDC13)~: 2.37 (3H, s, CH3), 4.58 (2H, s, CH2), 8.44 (lH, s, H of thiadiazole). Anal. calcd for C5H6N2OS2: C 34.47, H 3.47, N 16.08, S 36.80; found:
C 34.48, H 3.83, N 16.28, S 36.80.
...
73 O~) E. 4-acetylthiomethYl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium tr~.fluoro-methanesulfonate and 4-acetvlthiomethvl-3-methvl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluromethane sulfonate CH S~Q S~ 3 S~CH
~ 2 3 Cr SO ~e ;~ 3 ~+~ 2 3 ?~s ~ ~ ~s~ C:F3503 ~5~ 3 3 To a solution of 4-acetylthiomethyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole (O.60 g, 3.44 mmol) in a mixture of ether (4 mL) and dichloro-methane (0.4 mL) were added a few crystals of the title compounds and trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.407 mL, 3.6 mmol) over 5 min period. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 6 h. The white solid that was a mixture of -the two title compounds W2S filtered and washed with e~her, 1.05 g, 90~; ir (X3r)~max: 1675 (C=O) cm ; Hmr (DMS~, d-6)~:
2.43 (3H, s, CH3COS), 3,33 (s, CH3 on N-3), 4.57 (s, CH3 on N-2~, 4.66 (2H, s, CH2), 9.55 (H on thiadiazolium N-2), 9.66 ( H on thiadiazolium N-3). Anal. calcd for C7HgN2O4S3F3 C 20.27, H 2.38, N 9.45, S 32.46; found: C 24.61, H 2.57, N 8.47, S 28.21.
~7~3~3 P. 4-mercaPtomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoro-methznesulfonate and 4~mercaptornethy~l-3-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate '~e N~ 2 3 HCl, 6N ~ ~e ~+~25H
5 3 3 ~ S t~3S~3 . .
A solution of a mixture of 4-acetylthiomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate and 4-acetylthiomethyl-3-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethane-sulfonate (1.05 g, 3.1 mmol) in 6N hydrochloric acid (10 mL) w2S heated at 65C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.75 h.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure leaving a.
yellow syrup 0.91 g. This compoun~ was used in the next step without purification.
. (5~,6S) 6-tlR-hydxoxyethyl)-3 (2~methyl~1,2,3~thi~di~zolium-~ . .
Me ~2 ;V C~3S~3 P ( ~Ph ) 2 .
1:) ~ pH 7.2 t~)PNB
J~
lD~ Pd~C ~\
,~S ~ --N
~:the, 2~3F, ~ ~ CO~ '5 ~ cold (5C) solution of (5R,6S) pær&nitrobenzyl 6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-3-(diphenylphosphono)-7-oxo-l-az2bicyclo(3.2.0)-hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate ~1.7 g, 2.92 mmol) in te-lrahydxofur~n (10 m~) w2s treated with a solution of 2 crude mixture of 4-mercaptomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadi2zolium tri~luoromethane-sulfonate and 4-mercaptomethyl 3-methyl 1,2,3-thiadi2zolium trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.9 g) in a n~xture of phosphate ~uffer (p~ 7.2, 0.3M, 15 mL) and ~etr2hydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction mixture w~s s~irred for 1 h and ~he pH was kep~ at 7.2 with 2N sodium hydroxide solu~ion. r~he s~irring was continued ~or one more hour before ad~ing ether (50 ml,) and 10% palladium on charcc~al ( 1 g ) . The resulting mixture was hydrogenated }~t 23DC under 45 psi ~or 2 h and ~iltered throu~h a Celite"pad.
The organic phase was separate~, diluted with ether (50 mL~ a~d phosphate buffer ~pH 7~2, 0.3M, 24 m~) and hydrogenated (2 g of 10% palladium on ch2rcc~al) for 2 h u~der 50 psi. The aqueous phases were combined ~:Erom the ~irst and second hydrogenolysis), w2shed with ether and puri~ied by chromatogxaphy on"PrepPak"**
500-C/18 with ~7ater ~s eluting sol~ent to ~i~e 0 . Z2 y o~ crude m2teri21. It was repurified by hplc with water as eluting *~rade~ark ~or ~ ~r~nd of ~1 ~to~aceou0 ( ~ U6 ori al ) oarth * ~Tr~le~arlc ~3~
solvent to give 0.040 ~ (4%~ of the title compound after lyophilization, ir (KBr)vmax: 3400 (br, OH), 1745 (C=O of B-lactam), 1580 (carboxylate) cm 1; ~mr (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H, ~, J=6.3 Hæ, CH3CHOH), 3.04, 3.05, 3.16 (2H, m, E[-4), 3.38 (lH, dd, J=2.8 Hz, J=Ç.0 Hz, H-6), 3.9-4.6 ~2H, m, H-5, CH3CHOH), 4.51, 4.53 (2"sl', SCH2), 4.61 (s, N CH3); uv (H20) ~m2x 224 (E4345), 262 (E4980), 296 (E6885), [~V 18 (c 0.1, H2O); Tl/2=9. 8 h (measured ~t a concentration of M irl phosphate buffer p:EI 7.4 at 36.8C).
.,' ~:xam~le 3 ____ ~3 ~ H 2 HC~ ~d 1) I,AH ACS~ ~\
2 ) ~sCl/NEt3 XSCC)U33 BrC~2BOEt 0~ 5 ~N ~r C~ , ) KOH
C) ~12~d-C
., " ' .
., .
~L~7;~
~ ithium aluminum hydride (2.83 g, 70.g mmol) was added in small portions to a stirred suspension of l-methyl-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylic acidl (9.00 g, 70.9 mmol) in dry T~F (200 mL). The mix,ure w2s lef~ stirring at ro~m temperature for 15 h after which a 20% aqueous solution of sodium hydxoxide (20 mL) was carefully added in ca. 1 mL aliquots. ~he resulting granular suspension was filtered and the solid washed with additional THF (5 x 75 mL). The combined THF solutions were dried (~gSO~) and the solvent removed. The residual yellow oil wzs flash chromatographed on a silica gel column (90 x 35 mm) [100 mL portions of hexane, mixtllres of ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) and (1:3), and lastly ethyl acetate-methanol (9:1) as eluent~. This afforded 4-hydroxymethyl~l-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (3.18 g, 40~) as a colourless oil: 1HNMR (CDC1 ) ~ 4.07 (3~, S), 4.73 (2H, d), 7.52 (lH, s); IR (neat) 3320 cm ~.
Methanesulfonyl chloride (3.82 mL, 49.6 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the alcahol (4.67 mL, 41.3 mmol) and txiethylamine (7.47 mL, 53.7 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 m~). After 0.5 h, the solvent was removed and the residual solid was taken up in acetonitrile (30 m~).
Potassium thiolacetate (7.06 g, 62.0 mmol) was then added and the suspension was left stirring at room temperature for 3 h. An additional quantity of potassium thiolacetate (3.0 g, 26.3 mmol) was added and the suspension was left stirring for a further 16 h. The dark-coloured suspension was then concentrated and water (10 mL) was added. This mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (5 x ~0 mL). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO~) and the solvent removed. The residual oil was flash chromatographed on 2 silica gel colu~m (90 x 36 mm) [hexane followed by a mixture C. Pederson, Acta. Chem. Scand., 1959, 1~, 888 73~
- 68 _ of hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) being used as eluent~. This afforded 4-(methanethiolacetate)-l-methy~ 2~3-triazole (5.95 g, 84%) as a ~aint pink coloured s~lid: ~NMR (CDC13) 2.40 (3H, s), 4.10 (3H, s), 4.20 (2H, s), 7.S3 (lH, s);
.. .,*
IR (Nujol mull) 1675 cm A solution of the triazole (1.00 g, 5.85 mm~1) 2nd ethyl bromoacetate (1.48 mL, 13.3 mmol~ in dry acetonitrile (10 mL) was heated at 60D for 90 h under nitrogen. The solvent W2S removed and the residual oil was triturated with e.her (4 x 25 mL) to leave 1-methyl-3-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-~-methanethiolacetate-1,2,3-trizzolium br~mide as a brownish gum which was used directly.
A cold sol~tion of KOH (~.66 g, 12 mmcl~ in water (5 mL) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the triazolium bromide in water (20 mL). A~ter 20 ~n, this was diluted to 35 mL and sufficient solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate was added to bring the pH of this solution to 8Ø
This was then added to a stirred, ice-cooled, solution of the enol phosphate in THF (35 ~L). After 0.~ h, this mixture was txansferred to a pressure bottle containing ether (35 mL) and 10% palladium on charcoal (1.5 g). It was hydrogenated at 40 p.s.i. for 55 min. The organic phase was then separated 2nd washed with wat~r (2 x 5 T~). The combined aqueous phase~
were ~iltered and the filtrate concentrated under high vacuum.
The~residual material was chromat~graphed on a reverse phase column ~35 x 120 mm) with water as eluent. Lyophilization o~
the carbapen~m containing fractions left 1.20 g o~ a green-coloured solid. This was rechromatographed on a Waters Prep.
500 HPLC (Prep~AX-500/Cl8 column) with 2% acetonitrile-water ~s eluent. The fractions containing the carbapenem were co~bined and lyophilized. This material W25 again rechromato-graphed by HP~C ~10 x 300 mm Waters Microbondapack C-18 column) *rl':rademark ~I~t~ ' . .
', ;.
'' ' . .
' ~3~ ~
with water ~s eluent ~c~ a~rd, after lyophilizatic~n, pure title compound (190 mg, 17%) as a pale yellc~w solid: l:HNMR
(D20) ~ 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.4 ~Iz) r 3.07 (2E~ d~ J~::9 Hz) 1 3.38 (1~1, q, J-2.7, 6.0 Elz), 4.02-4.~0 (3}3, m), 4.29 (3}1, s), 5.23 (2~, s), 8.52 ~1~, s); IR (Nuiol mull) 1750 ~sn 1; VV
(p~osphate buffer, pE[ 7. 4) ~`max '296 nm (E~-7~52U) .
EXtmD1e 4 Pot2ssium 3- l 4~ c2rboxyla~0~ethYl-3-meth}~ 2,3-tri2zoli~ methanethio] -6~- [ 1- (~) -hydroxye .hvl~-7-oxo- 1- a zab i cy cl o l 3 . 2 . a ~ he~t- 2- ene- 2- carboxsrlate ~,s co2~)~NS
'Co~
o,8 HO~-_ H ~=~ C2~ t N~
E:t O~?CH2N3 = N ~ ~O2Et b ) N~l~H4 >_o~
P~3 ~S~CH3 *Trad~nark .
' ~
~3(3~
OH
s ~ AcS ~ CO~Et CO ~ N~ ~3 c) ~ ~(~2 C~2 A mixture of ethyl azidoacetate (30.0 g, 0.23 mol) and propiolic acid ~14.3 ml, 0.23 mol) in toluene (75 mL) was stirred at room temperature. The reaction remained mlldly exothermic for 1.5 h after which it quickly became vigorously exothermic and cooling with an ice bath was necessary. After this exothermic phase had passed, the reaction was heated at reflux for 0.5 h. After being cooled in an ice bath, the crystalline material W25 collected by ~iltxation and washed with ~ little toluene. The crude materi21 obtained in this manner (33.3 g, 72%) consisted of a single isomer [ ~NMR
(DMSO-d~) ~ 1.20 (3H, t, J=7 Hz), 4.15 (2H, q, J=7 Hz), 5.42 (2H, s), 8.67 (lH, 3)], presumably l-(ethyl carboxyme~hyl)-1,2,3-tria~ole-4-carbo~ylic acid by analogy with earlier work .
A solution of the caxboxylic acid (5.~0 g, 25.1 mmol) and triethylamine (3.68 mL, 26.4 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (50 mL) w2s added to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of ethyl-chloroformate ~2.52 mL, 26.4 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (50 mL). The purple coloured solution was left stirring for 0.5 h afterwhich it was washed with water (10 mL), dried (MgSO~) and the solvent removed. The crude mixed anhydride was dissolved in THF (50 m~) and added slowly to an ice-cooled suspensiorl of sodium borohydride (0.72 g, 18.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After stirring for D.5 h, additional sodium borohydride (0.30 g, 7.9 ~mol) was added and the reaction was left in the ice bath for 1 h. Water (5 mL) was then added and a~ter 10 min, this was followed by 10% aqueous HCl (3 mL). After gas evolution had ceased, solid potassium carbonate ~2 g) was added with lC. Pederson, Acta. Chem. Scand., 1959, 13, 888 ... .
. .
3 ~
- 71 _ stirring. The organic phase was then removed and the resid~al white paste w~s extracted with additional TH~. ~he combined organic phases were dried (MgS04) and the solvent removed.
Flash column chromakography on silica gel, eluting with hexane, mixtures of ethyl acetate-hexane, and finally ethyl acetate afforded l-~ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-hydroxymethyl-1,2,3-triazole (2.04 g, 44%) as a crystalline solid: ~ NMR (CDC13) ~ 1.28 (3X, t, J=7 Hz), 4.23 (2~t q, J=7 Hz), 4.75 (2B, s), 4 85 (2H, s), 7.73 (lH, s).
Diisopropylazodicarboxylate (4.11 mL, 20.8 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of triphenylphosphine (5.47 g, 20.8 mmol) in dry THF (100 m~) under nitrogen. After 0.5 h, an ice-cooled solution of the alcohol (1.93 g, 10.4 mmol) znd thiolacetic acid (1.49 mL, 20.8 mmol) in dry T~F (50 mL) under nitrogen was added to this mixture. This was left for 2 h in the ice bath and then for an additional 12 h at room temperature; after which the solvent was removed. The reaction mixture was flzsh chroma~ographed on silica gel (40 g; eluting with 100 mL portions of hexane, 5%, 10%, 15~...5~% ethyl acetate-hexane). Fractions containing the thiolacetate were com~ined and rechromztographed on silica gel (60 g) [elution with 200 mL
portions o: hexane, 5~, 10~, 15~, 20~ ethyl acetate-hexane and 22.5, 25, 27.5...35~ ethyl acetate-hexaneJ. Thi~ afforded 1.24 g (49%) of l-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-methanethiolacetate-1,2,3-triazole as a crystalline solid [~NMR ~ 1.28 (3~ , J=7 Hz), 2.37 (3H, s), 3.~7 (2H, s), 3.90 (2H, ~, J=7 Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 7.63 (lH, s); IR (Nujoi mull), 1735, 1780 cm 1] and an additional 1.~0 g of material contaminated with txiphenylphosphine oxlde.
*Trad~E~k :
. ~ . , ~ ~ ~ 3~3~
~ ethyl trifluoromethane sul~onate (D.51 m~, 4.53 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-c~oledl stirred, solution of the triazole (1.00 g, 4.12 ~nol) in dry methylene chloride (5 mL).
The bath W2S removed after 0.5 h and after an additi~nal 0.5 h, the sol~ent was removed with an aspirator ~acuum. This left a white solid which W25 suspended in water (15 mI) and this stirred mixture W2S co~led in an icebath. A s~lution o~ XO~ (0.69 g, 12.4 mmol) in water (5 mI) was added and the reaction was left stirring for 1 h. It was then diluted to 30 ml ~ith water ~nd solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate was added to bring the pH
to 8Ø A portion of this solution (22 mL, ca. 3.0 mmol o~ the thiolcarboxylate) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred solution of the enol phosphate (1.60 g, 2.76 mmol) in T~F (30 mL). After 0.5 h, the reaction was taken and put under high vacuum to remo~e the THF. The yellow solution w~s then chrom2tographed on a reverse phase column (35 x 120 ~n) eluting with water (300 mL) followed by 100 mL portions of 5, 10, 15...30% acetonitrile-water. ~yophilization of the desired fractions af~orded the p-nitrobenzyl ester as 2 yellow solid (930 mg). This was trans-ferred to a pressure bottle containing ether (25 m~), THF (25 mL), and phosphate buffer [25 mL, prepared by dissolving potassium dihydrogen phosphate ~1.36 g, 0.01 mol) in water (100 mL) and adjusting the pH to 7 4 by adding 45% a~ueous KOH] and 10%
palladi~ on charcoal (900 mg). The hydrogenation was conducted at 40 p.s.i. ~or 1 h after wh.ich the organic phase was separated and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined a~ueous phases were filtered and then concentrated under high vacuum. The residual solution was chromatographed on a reverse ph~se column (35 x 120 mm) eluted with water. ~ractions containing the ~2rbapenem were combined and lyophili~ed to afford 1.21 g of a pale greenish solid. This was then purified by HPLC (10 x 300 mm water ~cx~bondapac~' C-18 column~ H20 as eluent) to give pure title product, 480 mg (41~ NMR (D20) ~ 1.23 (3~., d, ~=6.4 Hz), *I~ademark .
~30 3.11 (2H, d, J=9 Hz), 3.37 (1~, q, J=3.0, 6.1 ~z), 4.02 (7H, m), 5.18 (2H, s), 8.53 (lH, s)~ Nujol mull) 1750 ~n 1 ~V
(phosphate buffer, P~ 7 4)~m2x 205 ~m (E-7,810).
Exam~ le 3-~s-(1,4-Dime-,n~1-1,2,4-t_ az ~
hydroxy~hyl~-7-cxo~ z2bicvclol3 2-~]hePt~2~ene-2-ca~Q~vlate ," ~c~
A. l-~ethYl-5-meth2nethl cetate-~ =5aL:3 ox ~) ~sCl/~t ~ ~ 5 t 3 ~ / 3 ~ N
MethanesulfOnyl chloride (0.46 m~, 6.0 ~mol) w2s added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution o~ l-methyl-5-hydrox~methyl-1,2,~-triazole* (565 mg, 5.0 ~nol.) ~nd triethylamine (0.91 m~, 6.5 mmol) in.methylene chloride (5 m~). After 20 min, additional triethylamine ~1.05 mL, 7.5 ~nol) followed by thiol-acetic acid (0.53 m~, 7.5 mmol) was added and stirrins was continued for 45 mun. The reac~ion was then diluted with .G. Jones and C. Ainswor,h, J. ~mer. Chem. Soc., 1955, 77, 1938.
~ .
"
~ ' ,.
3~
- 74 _ methylene chloride and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with methylene chloxide t3 x 5 mL) and the combined organic phases were dried (MgSO~) and the solvent removed. Column chromatography on silica gel a~orded pure l-methyl-5-methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazole (570 mg) as a yellow oil [in addition, an impuxe fraction (200 mg) was rechromatographed (preparative TLC, silica gel) to give a further 100 ms of pure material (total yield: 85~)]: ~ MR
(CDC13) ~ 2.38 (3H, s), 3.90 (3~, s), 4.25 (3H, s), 7.B0 (lH, s).
B. 3-[5-(1,4-di_ethYl-1,2,4-triazolium)-methanethio] 6~-~l-(R)-hvdroxyethyl]-7-oxo-l-azabicYclo[3~2.0]hePt-2 ene-2-çarboxylate __ ~:i - 2) MeOTf ~
1~ N ,~c b) NaO~ ~ 1~ S ~N~3 ~ c) J~~ 2 CO (~) C02P~
d) H2~Pd-C
Methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.20 mL, 10.7 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of l-methyl-5-methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazole ~730 mg, 4.27 mmol) in methylene chloride (7 mL). The reaction mixture was slowly allowed to wanm to room temperature over 3 h after which it was concentrated. The residual oil was triturated with ether to leave crude 1,4-dimethyl-5-methanethiolacet2te-1,2,4-triazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.46 g) which was used directly.
. .................................... .
~73~
A solution of sodium hy~roxide (512 mg, 12.8 mmol) in water ~5 mL) was added to an ice-cooled solution of the triazolium salt (1.45 g, 4.35 mmol) in water (5 mL). After 45 min, this was diluted to 25 m~ with water and ~he pH was adjusted to 7.6 with solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate.
This solution was then added to 2n iee-cooled, stirred, solu~ion of the enol ph~sphate (2.00 g, 3.45 mmol) in ~HF
(25 mL). ~fter 30 min, the reaction muxture W2S transferred to a pressuxe bottle containing ether (40 mL) and 10% palladium o~ charcoal (2.0 g). This was hydrogenated (45 p.s.i.) for 1.25 h. The reaction mixture W2S then diluted with ether (25 mL) and filtered. The org2nic phase w25 separated and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined aaue~us ph~ses were washed with ether (3 x 25 mL) and then concentrated under vacuum. Column chromatography (reverse phase, 45 x 130 mm, water 2S eluent), followed by lyophilization o~ the carbapenem-containing ~ractions, af~orded 650 mg of crude material. This was rechromatographed to give pure title product (450 mg, 39%): HNMR (D2O) ~ 1.2 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.19 (2H, q, J=2.6, 9.2 H7), 3.45 (lH, q, J=2.8, 6.0 Hz), 3.91 (3H, s), 4.06 (3H, s), 4.08-4.36 ~2H, m), 4.54 (2H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 8.71 (lH, s~; IR (Nujol mull) 1755 cm 1;
W (phosphate buf~er, pH 7 4) ~max 294 ~m (E=8,202); T
(phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0.067, T~37C) 9.1 h.
*Trad~k .~1 , j . ,~
~'. .
~L~73 _ 76 --Example 6 (l'R,5R,6S) 3-[(1,3-dimethyl-5-tetrazol um)-methylthlo]-6-(l-hvdroxvethvl)-7-oxo-1-azabi cvcloI 3.2.0~he~t-2-ene- 2-carboxylate o~ .
~ ~C~
A. 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole and 5-carbethoxy-1-me~hyltetrazole N _N . C~21''2 ~_N O )~N~,~
3 2 4 ~ 3 la. ~ ylation with diazomethane A solution oE 5-carbethoxytetrazolel (9.17 g, 0.064 mmol) in ethyl ether~ (80 mL) was cooled to 0C and treated D.~oderhack, Chem. Ber., 108, 887 (1975).
The use of a mixture of ethanol and ether gave the same ratio of isomers.
.... . . . ..
: .' ' ~730 -- 77 _ dropwise (15 min) with a solution of dia~ometh2ne (3 g, O.D7~ mmol) in ether (200 mlJ). The light yellow sc:lution was.stirred for 3~ min and the excess of diazomethane w25 destroyed by addition of acetic acid (1 mL). Evaporation of the solvent and dis~
tion of the residue gave a clear oil: bp 95-100C/O.S torr; 9.~4 g, (96%). ~r indicated a mixture of l-methyl and 2-methyl isomers in a ratio 6: 4. Separation of the two isomers cGuld not be done by distillation nor hplc: ir (film) ~max 1740 cm 1 (C=O of ester); ~mr (CDC13) ~: 1.53 (3H, two overlapping t, J=7.0, CH2CH3), 4.46 and 4.53 (3~, 2S, CH3 of l-methyl and 2-methyl tetrazoles, ratio 6: 4. The methyl o~ the 2-i~omer is at lower field and is the minor pxoduct), 4.5 ppm (2H, two.overlapping q, CH~CH3~.
lb. 5-Carbethoxy-?-methyltetrazole N--~ CB 3 I ~N
C~2~' ~ ~ ~ C~2 130'C ~>r 2 ~CH3 CH3 H3 .
A ~ixture of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole and 5-carbethoxy-l-methyltetrazole (0.~52 g, 1.61 mmol, ratio of the two isomers 1:1) in iodomethane (0.5 mL) was sealed in a glass tube and heated at 100C for 15 h and at 130C for 6 h.
Distillation of the reaction nixture gave the title compound as a light yellow oil: û.139 g (55%); bp 95-100C/0.5 torr (air bath telT~erature): ir (film) vmaX: 1i40 cm 1 tcco Qf ester), Hmr (CDC13) ~: 1.46 (3H, t, J=7.0, CH3CH2), 4.53 (3H, .s, CH3-2), 4.5 (2H, q, J=7.0, CH2CH3).
~ X73~0 . Methylation with dimethyl sulfate A solution of 5-carbethoxytetrazole (1.42 g, 0~01 molj in dry acetone (20 mL) was treated wi~h anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.38 g, 0.01 mol) and dimethyl sulfate (1.26 g, 0.01 mol). The mixture was heated under reflux for 12 h. The carbonate was ~iltered and the solvent e~aporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane ~3~ mL), washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent and distillation under vacuum gave a clear oil: 1.45 g (93~); b.p. 85-1109C/0.5 torr. ~mr indicated the prese~ce of two isomers in a ratio 1:1.
B 5-Hvdroxvmethvl-2-methYltetrazole ,, ~
CH3~ COz~t + ~3H4 ~ >
1 By reduction of the mi~ture of esters.
A mixture of S-carbethoxy 1 methyltetrazole and ~-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole katio 6:4) (7.60 g, 0.049 mol) in dry tetrahydrofuxan (50 mL) was cooled to o r C and treated with lithium boroh~dride (1.06 g, 0.049 mmol) added in small portions over 15 min. The mixture was maintained at 10C ~or 30 addit.ior, min .~nd t.hen stlrred at 2~C for 4 h. The mi~ture was cooled to O~C and the excess hydride was care~ully destroyed by addition of 6~ HCl ~pH of 7 after n~ more gas was evolved).
The solvent was concentrated under vacuum and the residual oil diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL), washed with brine (10 mL) znd finally dried over Na250~. Concentration of the solvent .:` ' ' ' . ' " ' "
~3~
and distillation of the residue under vacuum gave 1.83 g (33%) of a clear oil. lHmr of this material indicated the product was 5-hydroxymethyl-2~methyltetrazole.
2. By reauction of 5-carbetho~y-2-methyltetrazole.
To a solu~ion of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyl~etrazole (0.139 g, 0.89 mmol, obtained by isomerization of the mixture of esters with methyl iodide) in dxy tetrahydrofuran (1 m~) at lO~C was added solid lithium borohydride (0.019 g, 0.87 mmol). The mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The excess borohydride was destroyed by czreful addition of 6N HCl at O~C (pH 7). The solvent was evaporated znd .he residue dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL) and dried ovex anhydrous sodi~m sulfate. Evaporation o~ the solvent gave the title compound as a clear oil: 0.092 g (91~);
bp 90-120~C/0.5 torr with decomposition; ir (film) vmax:
3350 cm 1 (broad, O~); lHmr (CDC13) ~: 4.4 (2H, s, CH3-2), ~.93 (2H, s, CH2-5).
C. 5-Acetylmercaptomethyl-2-methyltetrazole 1) Mscl, Et~
5N~ 2 ~ N
_ 80 _ To a solution of 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methyltekrazole (1.83 g, 11.7 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 mL~ at O~C was added methanesulfonyl chloride ~1.47 g, 12.9 mmol) followed by triethylamine (1.30 g, 12.9 mmol) added dropwise over five min.
The mixture w2s stirred at 0C for 1 h, and then treated with a solution of potassium thioacetate (1.60 g, 14.0 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting gel was stirred at O~C for 3 h~ The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloro-methane (200 mL), washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation o~ the solvent under vacuum and chromatography of the resulting oil over silica gel (2 x 15 cm, eluting with dichloromethane and dichloromethane-acetone 5~) gave the title compound as a clear oil: 1.31 g (65~);
ir (film) vmax: 1696 cm 1 (C=O of thioester); ~mr (CDC13) ~:
2.43 (3H/ s, SAc), 4.36 (3H, s, 2-CH3), 4.38 ppm (2H, s, 5-CH2).
D. 5-mercaptomethyl-1,3-dimethyltetrazolium trifluoromethane-sulfon2te ~C~3 c~3So3 N ~N Ct--. SO C~ ~aOH ~
J ,~C~i25Ac - 3 ~ 3 ~ JN~ 2 A solution of 5-acetylmercaptomethyl-2-methyltetrazole (0.400 g, 2.32 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) was treated with methyltriflate (0.76 g, 4.64 l~nol) and stirred at 22C for 16 h. Ev~poration of the solvent under ~acuum ya~e a red oil.
This salt was dissolved in cold oxygen-~ree water (5 mL) and .
.
.
..
~ 81 -tr~ated wit~ 4 M sodium ~ydroxi~e (O. 8 snL, 3.2 ~ The mixture was stirred at O~C for 40 ~;Lin, diluted wi~ water (7 mL), and ~e p~I was ~djusted to 7. 3 with saturated ~2P04 .
The clear resulting solution was maintained under ~itrogen and used immediately for t:he ~ollcwing s~ep.
~, c2r~xylate 3 ~3SC)3 ~ ( ~' ) 2 ~ ~2 ~_ N--N~CN3 Co PMs 3 2 C~35~ ~) ~H
H2Pd/C ~, --~ f C!A3 CO ~) 3 A solu~;on of enol phosphate ~0.915 g, 1.58 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (B mL) was cooled to O~C ~nd treated dropwise with the solution o~ 5-mercaptomethyl-1,3-dimethyl~etrazolium trifluoromethanesulfona~e (2.32 mmol, prepared ~bove) ~er a period of 20 min. The pH of the reaction mixture was sta~le at 6.5 throughout ~he additi~n. After 20 additional min. the pH of the solu~ion w~s adjusted to 7.0 with satur2ted ~odium bicarbon2te. The mixture was transferred to a hydrogen2tion 73 ~1 bottle, diluted with THF (10 mL), e her (20 ~L) and ice (20 g).
The carbapenem was hydrogenated over 10% palladium on activated carbon under 45 psi while slowly increasing the temperature to 22~C for 9G min. The catalyst was filtered and washed with cold water (5 mL) and ether (20 m~). The aqueous phase was wa~hed with ether (20 ~L) and maintained under vacuum for 20 min to remove traces of organic sol~ent. Chromatogrzphy on PrePaX
500-C/18 and elution wi~h water gave ~he title compound as a white powder after lyophilization 0.265 g (49%); ~D +1~
(c 1.04, H2O); W (H2O, pH 7 4) ~max 294 nm (F7,500~; ir (KBr) ~max 1755 (C=O o~ B-lactam), 1600 cm (~road, C=~ ~f carboxyl2te);
Hmr (D2O) ~: 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, CH3CHOH), 3.0-3.3 ~2H, m, H-4), 3.42 (lH, dd, J=5.8, J=2.9, ~-6), 4-4.2 (2H, m, H-5 and CB3CROH), 4.34 and 4.57 (2 x 3H, 2S, CH3-1 and 3 ~f tetrazole), ..49 2nd 4.51 (2H, 2s, CH25). The pr~duct has a half life of 10.5 h 2t 37~C (c of 10 4 M in pH 7.4 phosphate buffer.
*Trad$Erk '; . '' `;
.
, ., ~7~
Exarnple 7 hvdroxvethYl] -7-oxo-1 azabicvclo [3 . 2 . 0] -he~t-2-ene~ 2 carboxYlate ~ _ -- . -- -- . 11. , _ _ _ Via "One Pot" Process CF SO (~
~'~0 ~S~c CH3CN ¦ ClP (~) 2 NaOH
0C, 45 min. EtN (ii?r)2 H20, 0C, 1 h.
~ / ~ /
OH
~ (~) ~ + ~ SH
2 \ / 4 ~/
pEI 6.5-7.5 TH~, H2 'J~
~ e ¦ ~ 0~ (0~) ¦ H2 Pd-C 10 5C, 2 h.
0~
A. Preparation of enol phosphate (2) OH
/~NB C02PIIB
An ice-cooled solution of ketone 1 ~3 g, 8.62 mmoles) in acetonitrile (30 ml) was treated with ethyl diisopropylamine (9 mmoles, 1.04 e~, 1.57 ml) (addition time ca. 2 minutes) and chlorodiphenyl phosphate (9 mmoles, 1.04 eq, 1.87 ml) (addition time ca. 2 minutes). The xeaction was stirred for 45 minutes and TLC (ethyl acetate, silica gel) showed disappearance o~ ketone 1.
The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 ml), washed with cold water (2 x 50 ml) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated (bath temperature below 20C) to give a ~oam which was used as such.
.............. .. ..
. : .- ... . :
~, ..;
..
,. ' 3 ~3 - ~5 -B. Preparation of thiol (4) C~l~ SAc 0~, 1 h.~ CH3 23 KH2PO4 `~' An ice-cooled solution of thioacetate 3 (3.31 g, 10 mmoles~ in water purged with nitrogen for 5 minutes was treated dr~pwise (ca. 5 minutes) with a cool~d solution of sodium hydrox-ide (1.75 eq, 17.5 mmoles, 0.7 g) in water (8 ml). The mixture became yellow. Af~er 75 minutes under nitrogen the p~ was adjusted to 7.4 with saturated aqueous solution of KH2PO4. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (1~ ml). This aqueous solution of thiol 4 (50 ml, 0.2 mmoles/ml) was used as such.
C. Coupling OH
~ ~(~)2 p~ 6.5-7 5 , 1 h.
An ice-cooled solution of 2 (crude, prepared in A, 8. 62 mmoles) in tetrahydrofuran (50 ml) was treated dropwise with the aqueous solution of thiol 4 prepared in B (5 ml of solution every 5 minutes). During the course of the reaction the pH of the reaction mixture was maintained around 6.5-7.5 (prefexably 7) by adding cooled 2N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was followed by ~LC (a) silica gel ethyl acetate; (b) reversed phase Analtech"RPSF, CH3CN- p~ 7 buffer (4:63.
*Trad~k ~..
~73~
- 86 _ , At the end 1.15 eq o~ khiol was used (50 ml of 50~
lution). The reaction was complete afteI 1 hour at 0C and the mixture was used as such for the hydrogenation after the pH was adjusted to 7.
D. Hydro~enation 3 ~2/ M -C 1~
N THF-H2O-ether CO2PNB 0CC, 2 h.
~C~
The reaction mixture containing 5 (prepared in C) was transferred into a Parr flask with THF ~10 ml), phosphate buffer (pH 7, 0.1 M) (10 ml), ether (~5 ml) and Pd-C 10% (5 g) and hydrogenated at 45 psi at 3-10~C for 2 hours. Then the catalyst was filtered, washed with water (3 x 10 ml) and the pH adjusted to 6.2 carefully with cold 2~ NaOH. Ether was added and the aqueous phase was separated and washed again with ether. The aqueous phase was purged of organic solvent under vacul~m and then purified on a ~ondapak C-l~ column (100 g, 4.5 x 13 cm) with cold distilled water. The light yellow fractions containing the product (checked by V.V. and TLC) were lyophilized to give 1.46 g (50%)* of 6 as a yellow powder. ~293, E- 9000, ~271, ~= 11064 *yield calculated from bicyclic ketone **Trademark ,~ 1 ., ':
, ., ~ ~73 i~ ~
E~le 8 OH C~13 CH3 ~od~ cJ
~'~ C~ ~ CF3503~) N
O
l Cl~P (0) 2 H H3 R ~ ~H3 ~CF3S03~) ( 0 ) 2 , ~ SH
O
N ~ ~~ 3 O 0~ PNB
~Co2~
If in the procedure of Example 7, the keto intermediate 1 is replaced hy an equirnola~ amourit of the correspondin~ lB-methyl intermediate, there is obtained the carbapenem end-prQduct indicated above.
OH CH f H3 '~0~
If in the procedure of Example 7, the keto intermediate 1 is replaced by an equimolar amount of the corresponding l~-methyl intermediate, there is obtained the carbapenem end product indicated above.
.
. .
A solution of a mixture of 4-acetylthiomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate and 4-acetylthiomethyl-3-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethane-sulfonate (1.05 g, 3.1 mmol) in 6N hydrochloric acid (10 mL) w2S heated at 65C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.75 h.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure leaving a.
yellow syrup 0.91 g. This compoun~ was used in the next step without purification.
. (5~,6S) 6-tlR-hydxoxyethyl)-3 (2~methyl~1,2,3~thi~di~zolium-~ . .
Me ~2 ;V C~3S~3 P ( ~Ph ) 2 .
1:) ~ pH 7.2 t~)PNB
J~
lD~ Pd~C ~\
,~S ~ --N
~:the, 2~3F, ~ ~ CO~ '5 ~ cold (5C) solution of (5R,6S) pær&nitrobenzyl 6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-3-(diphenylphosphono)-7-oxo-l-az2bicyclo(3.2.0)-hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate ~1.7 g, 2.92 mmol) in te-lrahydxofur~n (10 m~) w2s treated with a solution of 2 crude mixture of 4-mercaptomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadi2zolium tri~luoromethane-sulfonate and 4-mercaptomethyl 3-methyl 1,2,3-thiadi2zolium trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.9 g) in a n~xture of phosphate ~uffer (p~ 7.2, 0.3M, 15 mL) and ~etr2hydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction mixture w~s s~irred for 1 h and ~he pH was kep~ at 7.2 with 2N sodium hydroxide solu~ion. r~he s~irring was continued ~or one more hour before ad~ing ether (50 ml,) and 10% palladium on charcc~al ( 1 g ) . The resulting mixture was hydrogenated }~t 23DC under 45 psi ~or 2 h and ~iltered throu~h a Celite"pad.
The organic phase was separate~, diluted with ether (50 mL~ a~d phosphate buffer ~pH 7~2, 0.3M, 24 m~) and hydrogenated (2 g of 10% palladium on ch2rcc~al) for 2 h u~der 50 psi. The aqueous phases were combined ~:Erom the ~irst and second hydrogenolysis), w2shed with ether and puri~ied by chromatogxaphy on"PrepPak"**
500-C/18 with ~7ater ~s eluting sol~ent to ~i~e 0 . Z2 y o~ crude m2teri21. It was repurified by hplc with water as eluting *~rade~ark ~or ~ ~r~nd of ~1 ~to~aceou0 ( ~ U6 ori al ) oarth * ~Tr~le~arlc ~3~
solvent to give 0.040 ~ (4%~ of the title compound after lyophilization, ir (KBr)vmax: 3400 (br, OH), 1745 (C=O of B-lactam), 1580 (carboxylate) cm 1; ~mr (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H, ~, J=6.3 Hæ, CH3CHOH), 3.04, 3.05, 3.16 (2H, m, E[-4), 3.38 (lH, dd, J=2.8 Hz, J=Ç.0 Hz, H-6), 3.9-4.6 ~2H, m, H-5, CH3CHOH), 4.51, 4.53 (2"sl', SCH2), 4.61 (s, N CH3); uv (H20) ~m2x 224 (E4345), 262 (E4980), 296 (E6885), [~V 18 (c 0.1, H2O); Tl/2=9. 8 h (measured ~t a concentration of M irl phosphate buffer p:EI 7.4 at 36.8C).
.,' ~:xam~le 3 ____ ~3 ~ H 2 HC~ ~d 1) I,AH ACS~ ~\
2 ) ~sCl/NEt3 XSCC)U33 BrC~2BOEt 0~ 5 ~N ~r C~ , ) KOH
C) ~12~d-C
., " ' .
., .
~L~7;~
~ ithium aluminum hydride (2.83 g, 70.g mmol) was added in small portions to a stirred suspension of l-methyl-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylic acidl (9.00 g, 70.9 mmol) in dry T~F (200 mL). The mix,ure w2s lef~ stirring at ro~m temperature for 15 h after which a 20% aqueous solution of sodium hydxoxide (20 mL) was carefully added in ca. 1 mL aliquots. ~he resulting granular suspension was filtered and the solid washed with additional THF (5 x 75 mL). The combined THF solutions were dried (~gSO~) and the solvent removed. The residual yellow oil wzs flash chromatographed on a silica gel column (90 x 35 mm) [100 mL portions of hexane, mixtllres of ethyl acetate-hexane (1:1) and (1:3), and lastly ethyl acetate-methanol (9:1) as eluent~. This afforded 4-hydroxymethyl~l-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (3.18 g, 40~) as a colourless oil: 1HNMR (CDC1 ) ~ 4.07 (3~, S), 4.73 (2H, d), 7.52 (lH, s); IR (neat) 3320 cm ~.
Methanesulfonyl chloride (3.82 mL, 49.6 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the alcahol (4.67 mL, 41.3 mmol) and txiethylamine (7.47 mL, 53.7 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 m~). After 0.5 h, the solvent was removed and the residual solid was taken up in acetonitrile (30 m~).
Potassium thiolacetate (7.06 g, 62.0 mmol) was then added and the suspension was left stirring at room temperature for 3 h. An additional quantity of potassium thiolacetate (3.0 g, 26.3 mmol) was added and the suspension was left stirring for a further 16 h. The dark-coloured suspension was then concentrated and water (10 mL) was added. This mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (5 x ~0 mL). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO~) and the solvent removed. The residual oil was flash chromatographed on 2 silica gel colu~m (90 x 36 mm) [hexane followed by a mixture C. Pederson, Acta. Chem. Scand., 1959, 1~, 888 73~
- 68 _ of hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) being used as eluent~. This afforded 4-(methanethiolacetate)-l-methy~ 2~3-triazole (5.95 g, 84%) as a ~aint pink coloured s~lid: ~NMR (CDC13) 2.40 (3H, s), 4.10 (3H, s), 4.20 (2H, s), 7.S3 (lH, s);
.. .,*
IR (Nujol mull) 1675 cm A solution of the triazole (1.00 g, 5.85 mm~1) 2nd ethyl bromoacetate (1.48 mL, 13.3 mmol~ in dry acetonitrile (10 mL) was heated at 60D for 90 h under nitrogen. The solvent W2S removed and the residual oil was triturated with e.her (4 x 25 mL) to leave 1-methyl-3-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-~-methanethiolacetate-1,2,3-trizzolium br~mide as a brownish gum which was used directly.
A cold sol~tion of KOH (~.66 g, 12 mmcl~ in water (5 mL) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the triazolium bromide in water (20 mL). A~ter 20 ~n, this was diluted to 35 mL and sufficient solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate was added to bring the pH of this solution to 8Ø
This was then added to a stirred, ice-cooled, solution of the enol phosphate in THF (35 ~L). After 0.~ h, this mixture was txansferred to a pressure bottle containing ether (35 mL) and 10% palladium on charcoal (1.5 g). It was hydrogenated at 40 p.s.i. for 55 min. The organic phase was then separated 2nd washed with wat~r (2 x 5 T~). The combined aqueous phase~
were ~iltered and the filtrate concentrated under high vacuum.
The~residual material was chromat~graphed on a reverse phase column ~35 x 120 mm) with water as eluent. Lyophilization o~
the carbapen~m containing fractions left 1.20 g o~ a green-coloured solid. This was rechromatographed on a Waters Prep.
500 HPLC (Prep~AX-500/Cl8 column) with 2% acetonitrile-water ~s eluent. The fractions containing the carbapenem were co~bined and lyophilized. This material W25 again rechromato-graphed by HP~C ~10 x 300 mm Waters Microbondapack C-18 column) *rl':rademark ~I~t~ ' . .
', ;.
'' ' . .
' ~3~ ~
with water ~s eluent ~c~ a~rd, after lyophilizatic~n, pure title compound (190 mg, 17%) as a pale yellc~w solid: l:HNMR
(D20) ~ 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.4 ~Iz) r 3.07 (2E~ d~ J~::9 Hz) 1 3.38 (1~1, q, J-2.7, 6.0 Elz), 4.02-4.~0 (3}3, m), 4.29 (3}1, s), 5.23 (2~, s), 8.52 ~1~, s); IR (Nuiol mull) 1750 ~sn 1; VV
(p~osphate buffer, pE[ 7. 4) ~`max '296 nm (E~-7~52U) .
EXtmD1e 4 Pot2ssium 3- l 4~ c2rboxyla~0~ethYl-3-meth}~ 2,3-tri2zoli~ methanethio] -6~- [ 1- (~) -hydroxye .hvl~-7-oxo- 1- a zab i cy cl o l 3 . 2 . a ~ he~t- 2- ene- 2- carboxsrlate ~,s co2~)~NS
'Co~
o,8 HO~-_ H ~=~ C2~ t N~
E:t O~?CH2N3 = N ~ ~O2Et b ) N~l~H4 >_o~
P~3 ~S~CH3 *Trad~nark .
' ~
~3(3~
OH
s ~ AcS ~ CO~Et CO ~ N~ ~3 c) ~ ~(~2 C~2 A mixture of ethyl azidoacetate (30.0 g, 0.23 mol) and propiolic acid ~14.3 ml, 0.23 mol) in toluene (75 mL) was stirred at room temperature. The reaction remained mlldly exothermic for 1.5 h after which it quickly became vigorously exothermic and cooling with an ice bath was necessary. After this exothermic phase had passed, the reaction was heated at reflux for 0.5 h. After being cooled in an ice bath, the crystalline material W25 collected by ~iltxation and washed with ~ little toluene. The crude materi21 obtained in this manner (33.3 g, 72%) consisted of a single isomer [ ~NMR
(DMSO-d~) ~ 1.20 (3H, t, J=7 Hz), 4.15 (2H, q, J=7 Hz), 5.42 (2H, s), 8.67 (lH, 3)], presumably l-(ethyl carboxyme~hyl)-1,2,3-tria~ole-4-carbo~ylic acid by analogy with earlier work .
A solution of the caxboxylic acid (5.~0 g, 25.1 mmol) and triethylamine (3.68 mL, 26.4 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (50 mL) w2s added to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of ethyl-chloroformate ~2.52 mL, 26.4 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (50 mL). The purple coloured solution was left stirring for 0.5 h afterwhich it was washed with water (10 mL), dried (MgSO~) and the solvent removed. The crude mixed anhydride was dissolved in THF (50 m~) and added slowly to an ice-cooled suspensiorl of sodium borohydride (0.72 g, 18.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After stirring for D.5 h, additional sodium borohydride (0.30 g, 7.9 ~mol) was added and the reaction was left in the ice bath for 1 h. Water (5 mL) was then added and a~ter 10 min, this was followed by 10% aqueous HCl (3 mL). After gas evolution had ceased, solid potassium carbonate ~2 g) was added with lC. Pederson, Acta. Chem. Scand., 1959, 13, 888 ... .
. .
3 ~
- 71 _ stirring. The organic phase was then removed and the resid~al white paste w~s extracted with additional TH~. ~he combined organic phases were dried (MgS04) and the solvent removed.
Flash column chromakography on silica gel, eluting with hexane, mixtures of ethyl acetate-hexane, and finally ethyl acetate afforded l-~ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-hydroxymethyl-1,2,3-triazole (2.04 g, 44%) as a crystalline solid: ~ NMR (CDC13) ~ 1.28 (3X, t, J=7 Hz), 4.23 (2~t q, J=7 Hz), 4.75 (2B, s), 4 85 (2H, s), 7.73 (lH, s).
Diisopropylazodicarboxylate (4.11 mL, 20.8 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of triphenylphosphine (5.47 g, 20.8 mmol) in dry THF (100 m~) under nitrogen. After 0.5 h, an ice-cooled solution of the alcohol (1.93 g, 10.4 mmol) znd thiolacetic acid (1.49 mL, 20.8 mmol) in dry T~F (50 mL) under nitrogen was added to this mixture. This was left for 2 h in the ice bath and then for an additional 12 h at room temperature; after which the solvent was removed. The reaction mixture was flzsh chroma~ographed on silica gel (40 g; eluting with 100 mL portions of hexane, 5%, 10%, 15~...5~% ethyl acetate-hexane). Fractions containing the thiolacetate were com~ined and rechromztographed on silica gel (60 g) [elution with 200 mL
portions o: hexane, 5~, 10~, 15~, 20~ ethyl acetate-hexane and 22.5, 25, 27.5...35~ ethyl acetate-hexaneJ. Thi~ afforded 1.24 g (49%) of l-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-methanethiolacetate-1,2,3-triazole as a crystalline solid [~NMR ~ 1.28 (3~ , J=7 Hz), 2.37 (3H, s), 3.~7 (2H, s), 3.90 (2H, ~, J=7 Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 7.63 (lH, s); IR (Nujoi mull), 1735, 1780 cm 1] and an additional 1.~0 g of material contaminated with txiphenylphosphine oxlde.
*Trad~E~k :
. ~ . , ~ ~ ~ 3~3~
~ ethyl trifluoromethane sul~onate (D.51 m~, 4.53 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-c~oledl stirred, solution of the triazole (1.00 g, 4.12 ~nol) in dry methylene chloride (5 mL).
The bath W2S removed after 0.5 h and after an additi~nal 0.5 h, the sol~ent was removed with an aspirator ~acuum. This left a white solid which W25 suspended in water (15 mI) and this stirred mixture W2S co~led in an icebath. A s~lution o~ XO~ (0.69 g, 12.4 mmol) in water (5 mI) was added and the reaction was left stirring for 1 h. It was then diluted to 30 ml ~ith water ~nd solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate was added to bring the pH
to 8Ø A portion of this solution (22 mL, ca. 3.0 mmol o~ the thiolcarboxylate) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred solution of the enol phosphate (1.60 g, 2.76 mmol) in T~F (30 mL). After 0.5 h, the reaction was taken and put under high vacuum to remo~e the THF. The yellow solution w~s then chrom2tographed on a reverse phase column (35 x 120 ~n) eluting with water (300 mL) followed by 100 mL portions of 5, 10, 15...30% acetonitrile-water. ~yophilization of the desired fractions af~orded the p-nitrobenzyl ester as 2 yellow solid (930 mg). This was trans-ferred to a pressure bottle containing ether (25 m~), THF (25 mL), and phosphate buffer [25 mL, prepared by dissolving potassium dihydrogen phosphate ~1.36 g, 0.01 mol) in water (100 mL) and adjusting the pH to 7 4 by adding 45% a~ueous KOH] and 10%
palladi~ on charcoal (900 mg). The hydrogenation was conducted at 40 p.s.i. ~or 1 h after wh.ich the organic phase was separated and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined a~ueous phases were filtered and then concentrated under high vacuum. The residual solution was chromatographed on a reverse ph~se column (35 x 120 mm) eluted with water. ~ractions containing the ~2rbapenem were combined and lyophili~ed to afford 1.21 g of a pale greenish solid. This was then purified by HPLC (10 x 300 mm water ~cx~bondapac~' C-18 column~ H20 as eluent) to give pure title product, 480 mg (41~ NMR (D20) ~ 1.23 (3~., d, ~=6.4 Hz), *I~ademark .
~30 3.11 (2H, d, J=9 Hz), 3.37 (1~, q, J=3.0, 6.1 ~z), 4.02 (7H, m), 5.18 (2H, s), 8.53 (lH, s)~ Nujol mull) 1750 ~n 1 ~V
(phosphate buffer, P~ 7 4)~m2x 205 ~m (E-7,810).
Exam~ le 3-~s-(1,4-Dime-,n~1-1,2,4-t_ az ~
hydroxy~hyl~-7-cxo~ z2bicvclol3 2-~]hePt~2~ene-2-ca~Q~vlate ," ~c~
A. l-~ethYl-5-meth2nethl cetate-~ =5aL:3 ox ~) ~sCl/~t ~ ~ 5 t 3 ~ / 3 ~ N
MethanesulfOnyl chloride (0.46 m~, 6.0 ~mol) w2s added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution o~ l-methyl-5-hydrox~methyl-1,2,~-triazole* (565 mg, 5.0 ~nol.) ~nd triethylamine (0.91 m~, 6.5 mmol) in.methylene chloride (5 m~). After 20 min, additional triethylamine ~1.05 mL, 7.5 ~nol) followed by thiol-acetic acid (0.53 m~, 7.5 mmol) was added and stirrins was continued for 45 mun. The reac~ion was then diluted with .G. Jones and C. Ainswor,h, J. ~mer. Chem. Soc., 1955, 77, 1938.
~ .
"
~ ' ,.
3~
- 74 _ methylene chloride and washed with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with methylene chloxide t3 x 5 mL) and the combined organic phases were dried (MgSO~) and the solvent removed. Column chromatography on silica gel a~orded pure l-methyl-5-methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazole (570 mg) as a yellow oil [in addition, an impuxe fraction (200 mg) was rechromatographed (preparative TLC, silica gel) to give a further 100 ms of pure material (total yield: 85~)]: ~ MR
(CDC13) ~ 2.38 (3H, s), 3.90 (3~, s), 4.25 (3H, s), 7.B0 (lH, s).
B. 3-[5-(1,4-di_ethYl-1,2,4-triazolium)-methanethio] 6~-~l-(R)-hvdroxyethyl]-7-oxo-l-azabicYclo[3~2.0]hePt-2 ene-2-çarboxylate __ ~:i - 2) MeOTf ~
1~ N ,~c b) NaO~ ~ 1~ S ~N~3 ~ c) J~~ 2 CO (~) C02P~
d) H2~Pd-C
Methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.20 mL, 10.7 mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of l-methyl-5-methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazole ~730 mg, 4.27 mmol) in methylene chloride (7 mL). The reaction mixture was slowly allowed to wanm to room temperature over 3 h after which it was concentrated. The residual oil was triturated with ether to leave crude 1,4-dimethyl-5-methanethiolacet2te-1,2,4-triazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.46 g) which was used directly.
. .................................... .
~73~
A solution of sodium hy~roxide (512 mg, 12.8 mmol) in water ~5 mL) was added to an ice-cooled solution of the triazolium salt (1.45 g, 4.35 mmol) in water (5 mL). After 45 min, this was diluted to 25 m~ with water and ~he pH was adjusted to 7.6 with solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate.
This solution was then added to 2n iee-cooled, stirred, solu~ion of the enol ph~sphate (2.00 g, 3.45 mmol) in ~HF
(25 mL). ~fter 30 min, the reaction muxture W2S transferred to a pressuxe bottle containing ether (40 mL) and 10% palladium o~ charcoal (2.0 g). This was hydrogenated (45 p.s.i.) for 1.25 h. The reaction mixture W2S then diluted with ether (25 mL) and filtered. The org2nic phase w25 separated and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined aaue~us ph~ses were washed with ether (3 x 25 mL) and then concentrated under vacuum. Column chromatography (reverse phase, 45 x 130 mm, water 2S eluent), followed by lyophilization o~ the carbapenem-containing ~ractions, af~orded 650 mg of crude material. This was rechromatographed to give pure title product (450 mg, 39%): HNMR (D2O) ~ 1.2 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.19 (2H, q, J=2.6, 9.2 H7), 3.45 (lH, q, J=2.8, 6.0 Hz), 3.91 (3H, s), 4.06 (3H, s), 4.08-4.36 ~2H, m), 4.54 (2H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 8.71 (lH, s~; IR (Nujol mull) 1755 cm 1;
W (phosphate buf~er, pH 7 4) ~max 294 ~m (E=8,202); T
(phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0.067, T~37C) 9.1 h.
*Trad~k .~1 , j . ,~
~'. .
~L~73 _ 76 --Example 6 (l'R,5R,6S) 3-[(1,3-dimethyl-5-tetrazol um)-methylthlo]-6-(l-hvdroxvethvl)-7-oxo-1-azabi cvcloI 3.2.0~he~t-2-ene- 2-carboxylate o~ .
~ ~C~
A. 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole and 5-carbethoxy-1-me~hyltetrazole N _N . C~21''2 ~_N O )~N~,~
3 2 4 ~ 3 la. ~ ylation with diazomethane A solution oE 5-carbethoxytetrazolel (9.17 g, 0.064 mmol) in ethyl ether~ (80 mL) was cooled to 0C and treated D.~oderhack, Chem. Ber., 108, 887 (1975).
The use of a mixture of ethanol and ether gave the same ratio of isomers.
.... . . . ..
: .' ' ~730 -- 77 _ dropwise (15 min) with a solution of dia~ometh2ne (3 g, O.D7~ mmol) in ether (200 mlJ). The light yellow sc:lution was.stirred for 3~ min and the excess of diazomethane w25 destroyed by addition of acetic acid (1 mL). Evaporation of the solvent and dis~
tion of the residue gave a clear oil: bp 95-100C/O.S torr; 9.~4 g, (96%). ~r indicated a mixture of l-methyl and 2-methyl isomers in a ratio 6: 4. Separation of the two isomers cGuld not be done by distillation nor hplc: ir (film) ~max 1740 cm 1 (C=O of ester); ~mr (CDC13) ~: 1.53 (3H, two overlapping t, J=7.0, CH2CH3), 4.46 and 4.53 (3~, 2S, CH3 of l-methyl and 2-methyl tetrazoles, ratio 6: 4. The methyl o~ the 2-i~omer is at lower field and is the minor pxoduct), 4.5 ppm (2H, two.overlapping q, CH~CH3~.
lb. 5-Carbethoxy-?-methyltetrazole N--~ CB 3 I ~N
C~2~' ~ ~ ~ C~2 130'C ~>r 2 ~CH3 CH3 H3 .
A ~ixture of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole and 5-carbethoxy-l-methyltetrazole (0.~52 g, 1.61 mmol, ratio of the two isomers 1:1) in iodomethane (0.5 mL) was sealed in a glass tube and heated at 100C for 15 h and at 130C for 6 h.
Distillation of the reaction nixture gave the title compound as a light yellow oil: û.139 g (55%); bp 95-100C/0.5 torr (air bath telT~erature): ir (film) vmaX: 1i40 cm 1 tcco Qf ester), Hmr (CDC13) ~: 1.46 (3H, t, J=7.0, CH3CH2), 4.53 (3H, .s, CH3-2), 4.5 (2H, q, J=7.0, CH2CH3).
~ X73~0 . Methylation with dimethyl sulfate A solution of 5-carbethoxytetrazole (1.42 g, 0~01 molj in dry acetone (20 mL) was treated wi~h anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.38 g, 0.01 mol) and dimethyl sulfate (1.26 g, 0.01 mol). The mixture was heated under reflux for 12 h. The carbonate was ~iltered and the solvent e~aporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane ~3~ mL), washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent and distillation under vacuum gave a clear oil: 1.45 g (93~); b.p. 85-1109C/0.5 torr. ~mr indicated the prese~ce of two isomers in a ratio 1:1.
B 5-Hvdroxvmethvl-2-methYltetrazole ,, ~
CH3~ COz~t + ~3H4 ~ >
1 By reduction of the mi~ture of esters.
A mixture of S-carbethoxy 1 methyltetrazole and ~-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole katio 6:4) (7.60 g, 0.049 mol) in dry tetrahydrofuxan (50 mL) was cooled to o r C and treated with lithium boroh~dride (1.06 g, 0.049 mmol) added in small portions over 15 min. The mixture was maintained at 10C ~or 30 addit.ior, min .~nd t.hen stlrred at 2~C for 4 h. The mi~ture was cooled to O~C and the excess hydride was care~ully destroyed by addition of 6~ HCl ~pH of 7 after n~ more gas was evolved).
The solvent was concentrated under vacuum and the residual oil diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL), washed with brine (10 mL) znd finally dried over Na250~. Concentration of the solvent .:` ' ' ' . ' " ' "
~3~
and distillation of the residue under vacuum gave 1.83 g (33%) of a clear oil. lHmr of this material indicated the product was 5-hydroxymethyl-2~methyltetrazole.
2. By reauction of 5-carbetho~y-2-methyltetrazole.
To a solu~ion of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyl~etrazole (0.139 g, 0.89 mmol, obtained by isomerization of the mixture of esters with methyl iodide) in dxy tetrahydrofuran (1 m~) at lO~C was added solid lithium borohydride (0.019 g, 0.87 mmol). The mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The excess borohydride was destroyed by czreful addition of 6N HCl at O~C (pH 7). The solvent was evaporated znd .he residue dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL) and dried ovex anhydrous sodi~m sulfate. Evaporation o~ the solvent gave the title compound as a clear oil: 0.092 g (91~);
bp 90-120~C/0.5 torr with decomposition; ir (film) vmax:
3350 cm 1 (broad, O~); lHmr (CDC13) ~: 4.4 (2H, s, CH3-2), ~.93 (2H, s, CH2-5).
C. 5-Acetylmercaptomethyl-2-methyltetrazole 1) Mscl, Et~
5N~ 2 ~ N
_ 80 _ To a solution of 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methyltekrazole (1.83 g, 11.7 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 mL~ at O~C was added methanesulfonyl chloride ~1.47 g, 12.9 mmol) followed by triethylamine (1.30 g, 12.9 mmol) added dropwise over five min.
The mixture w2s stirred at 0C for 1 h, and then treated with a solution of potassium thioacetate (1.60 g, 14.0 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting gel was stirred at O~C for 3 h~ The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloro-methane (200 mL), washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation o~ the solvent under vacuum and chromatography of the resulting oil over silica gel (2 x 15 cm, eluting with dichloromethane and dichloromethane-acetone 5~) gave the title compound as a clear oil: 1.31 g (65~);
ir (film) vmax: 1696 cm 1 (C=O of thioester); ~mr (CDC13) ~:
2.43 (3H/ s, SAc), 4.36 (3H, s, 2-CH3), 4.38 ppm (2H, s, 5-CH2).
D. 5-mercaptomethyl-1,3-dimethyltetrazolium trifluoromethane-sulfon2te ~C~3 c~3So3 N ~N Ct--. SO C~ ~aOH ~
J ,~C~i25Ac - 3 ~ 3 ~ JN~ 2 A solution of 5-acetylmercaptomethyl-2-methyltetrazole (0.400 g, 2.32 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) was treated with methyltriflate (0.76 g, 4.64 l~nol) and stirred at 22C for 16 h. Ev~poration of the solvent under ~acuum ya~e a red oil.
This salt was dissolved in cold oxygen-~ree water (5 mL) and .
.
.
..
~ 81 -tr~ated wit~ 4 M sodium ~ydroxi~e (O. 8 snL, 3.2 ~ The mixture was stirred at O~C for 40 ~;Lin, diluted wi~ water (7 mL), and ~e p~I was ~djusted to 7. 3 with saturated ~2P04 .
The clear resulting solution was maintained under ~itrogen and used immediately for t:he ~ollcwing s~ep.
~, c2r~xylate 3 ~3SC)3 ~ ( ~' ) 2 ~ ~2 ~_ N--N~CN3 Co PMs 3 2 C~35~ ~) ~H
H2Pd/C ~, --~ f C!A3 CO ~) 3 A solu~;on of enol phosphate ~0.915 g, 1.58 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (B mL) was cooled to O~C ~nd treated dropwise with the solution o~ 5-mercaptomethyl-1,3-dimethyl~etrazolium trifluoromethanesulfona~e (2.32 mmol, prepared ~bove) ~er a period of 20 min. The pH of the reaction mixture was sta~le at 6.5 throughout ~he additi~n. After 20 additional min. the pH of the solu~ion w~s adjusted to 7.0 with satur2ted ~odium bicarbon2te. The mixture was transferred to a hydrogen2tion 73 ~1 bottle, diluted with THF (10 mL), e her (20 ~L) and ice (20 g).
The carbapenem was hydrogenated over 10% palladium on activated carbon under 45 psi while slowly increasing the temperature to 22~C for 9G min. The catalyst was filtered and washed with cold water (5 mL) and ether (20 m~). The aqueous phase was wa~hed with ether (20 ~L) and maintained under vacuum for 20 min to remove traces of organic sol~ent. Chromatogrzphy on PrePaX
500-C/18 and elution wi~h water gave ~he title compound as a white powder after lyophilization 0.265 g (49%); ~D +1~
(c 1.04, H2O); W (H2O, pH 7 4) ~max 294 nm (F7,500~; ir (KBr) ~max 1755 (C=O o~ B-lactam), 1600 cm (~road, C=~ ~f carboxyl2te);
Hmr (D2O) ~: 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, CH3CHOH), 3.0-3.3 ~2H, m, H-4), 3.42 (lH, dd, J=5.8, J=2.9, ~-6), 4-4.2 (2H, m, H-5 and CB3CROH), 4.34 and 4.57 (2 x 3H, 2S, CH3-1 and 3 ~f tetrazole), ..49 2nd 4.51 (2H, 2s, CH25). The pr~duct has a half life of 10.5 h 2t 37~C (c of 10 4 M in pH 7.4 phosphate buffer.
*Trad$Erk '; . '' `;
.
, ., ~7~
Exarnple 7 hvdroxvethYl] -7-oxo-1 azabicvclo [3 . 2 . 0] -he~t-2-ene~ 2 carboxYlate ~ _ -- . -- -- . 11. , _ _ _ Via "One Pot" Process CF SO (~
~'~0 ~S~c CH3CN ¦ ClP (~) 2 NaOH
0C, 45 min. EtN (ii?r)2 H20, 0C, 1 h.
~ / ~ /
OH
~ (~) ~ + ~ SH
2 \ / 4 ~/
pEI 6.5-7.5 TH~, H2 'J~
~ e ¦ ~ 0~ (0~) ¦ H2 Pd-C 10 5C, 2 h.
0~
A. Preparation of enol phosphate (2) OH
/~NB C02PIIB
An ice-cooled solution of ketone 1 ~3 g, 8.62 mmoles) in acetonitrile (30 ml) was treated with ethyl diisopropylamine (9 mmoles, 1.04 e~, 1.57 ml) (addition time ca. 2 minutes) and chlorodiphenyl phosphate (9 mmoles, 1.04 eq, 1.87 ml) (addition time ca. 2 minutes). The xeaction was stirred for 45 minutes and TLC (ethyl acetate, silica gel) showed disappearance o~ ketone 1.
The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 ml), washed with cold water (2 x 50 ml) and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated (bath temperature below 20C) to give a ~oam which was used as such.
.............. .. ..
. : .- ... . :
~, ..;
..
,. ' 3 ~3 - ~5 -B. Preparation of thiol (4) C~l~ SAc 0~, 1 h.~ CH3 23 KH2PO4 `~' An ice-cooled solution of thioacetate 3 (3.31 g, 10 mmoles~ in water purged with nitrogen for 5 minutes was treated dr~pwise (ca. 5 minutes) with a cool~d solution of sodium hydrox-ide (1.75 eq, 17.5 mmoles, 0.7 g) in water (8 ml). The mixture became yellow. Af~er 75 minutes under nitrogen the p~ was adjusted to 7.4 with saturated aqueous solution of KH2PO4. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (1~ ml). This aqueous solution of thiol 4 (50 ml, 0.2 mmoles/ml) was used as such.
C. Coupling OH
~ ~(~)2 p~ 6.5-7 5 , 1 h.
An ice-cooled solution of 2 (crude, prepared in A, 8. 62 mmoles) in tetrahydrofuran (50 ml) was treated dropwise with the aqueous solution of thiol 4 prepared in B (5 ml of solution every 5 minutes). During the course of the reaction the pH of the reaction mixture was maintained around 6.5-7.5 (prefexably 7) by adding cooled 2N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was followed by ~LC (a) silica gel ethyl acetate; (b) reversed phase Analtech"RPSF, CH3CN- p~ 7 buffer (4:63.
*Trad~k ~..
~73~
- 86 _ , At the end 1.15 eq o~ khiol was used (50 ml of 50~
lution). The reaction was complete afteI 1 hour at 0C and the mixture was used as such for the hydrogenation after the pH was adjusted to 7.
D. Hydro~enation 3 ~2/ M -C 1~
N THF-H2O-ether CO2PNB 0CC, 2 h.
~C~
The reaction mixture containing 5 (prepared in C) was transferred into a Parr flask with THF ~10 ml), phosphate buffer (pH 7, 0.1 M) (10 ml), ether (~5 ml) and Pd-C 10% (5 g) and hydrogenated at 45 psi at 3-10~C for 2 hours. Then the catalyst was filtered, washed with water (3 x 10 ml) and the pH adjusted to 6.2 carefully with cold 2~ NaOH. Ether was added and the aqueous phase was separated and washed again with ether. The aqueous phase was purged of organic solvent under vacul~m and then purified on a ~ondapak C-l~ column (100 g, 4.5 x 13 cm) with cold distilled water. The light yellow fractions containing the product (checked by V.V. and TLC) were lyophilized to give 1.46 g (50%)* of 6 as a yellow powder. ~293, E- 9000, ~271, ~= 11064 *yield calculated from bicyclic ketone **Trademark ,~ 1 ., ':
, ., ~ ~73 i~ ~
E~le 8 OH C~13 CH3 ~od~ cJ
~'~ C~ ~ CF3503~) N
O
l Cl~P (0) 2 H H3 R ~ ~H3 ~CF3S03~) ( 0 ) 2 , ~ SH
O
N ~ ~~ 3 O 0~ PNB
~Co2~
If in the procedure of Example 7, the keto intermediate 1 is replaced hy an equirnola~ amourit of the correspondin~ lB-methyl intermediate, there is obtained the carbapenem end-prQduct indicated above.
OH CH f H3 '~0~
If in the procedure of Example 7, the keto intermediate 1 is replaced by an equimolar amount of the corresponding l~-methyl intermediate, there is obtained the carbapenem end product indicated above.
.
. .
Claims (6)
1. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted and unsubstituted:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo, hydroxy or carboxyl halo =O
-CN
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4) wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1 and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
;
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
;
-SR3 ;
;
;
-SO3R9 ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or -CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4 , and R9 in such R5 substituents are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, S and N;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a pro-tecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and represents an aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one nitrogen in the ring said ring being attached to A
through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the group R?, said aromatic heterocyclic radical being selected from the group consisting of thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which process comprises reacting an intermediate of the formula IV
wherein R1 and R8 are as defined above, R2' is a conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group and L is a conventional leaving group, with a thiol compound of the formula VII
wherein A and are as defined above and X? is a counter anion, in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the formula X?
I' wherein R1, R8, R2', A, and X? are as defined above and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2' to give the corresponding de-blocked compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo, hydroxy or carboxyl halo =O
-CN
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4) wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1 and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl wherein the heteroaryl moiety is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, and pyrazolyl; heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is selected from the group consisting of morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and pyrrolidinyl and the alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
;
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
;
-SR3 ;
;
;
-SO3R9 ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro, bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or -CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4 , and R9 in such R5 substituents are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, S and N;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a pro-tecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and represents an aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one nitrogen in the ring said ring being attached to A
through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the group R?, said aromatic heterocyclic radical being selected from the group consisting of thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which process comprises reacting an intermediate of the formula IV
wherein R1 and R8 are as defined above, R2' is a conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group and L is a conventional leaving group, with a thiol compound of the formula VII
wherein A and are as defined above and X? is a counter anion, in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the formula X?
I' wherein R1, R8, R2', A, and X? are as defined above and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2' to give the corresponding de-blocked compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The process according to Claim 1 wherein the base is sodium hydroxide.
3. The process according to Claim 1 wherein the reaction is carried out at a temperature in the range of from about -15°C to +15°C.
4. The process-according to Claim 1, 2 or 3 wherein the leaving group L is chloro, bromo, iodo, benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesulfonyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy, methanesulfonyloxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy or di(trichloroethoxy)phosphinyloxy.
5. The process according to Claim 1, 2 or 3 wherein the leaving group L is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy.
6. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula I
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a counter ion, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which process comprises reacting an intermediate of the formula wherein L is a conventional leaving group and R2' is a conven-tional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group with a thiol compound of the formula X?
wherein X? is a counter anion, in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the formula X?
wherein R2' and X? are as defined above and, if desired, removing the protecting group R2' to give the corresponding de-blocked compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a counter ion, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which process comprises reacting an intermediate of the formula wherein L is a conventional leaving group and R2' is a conven-tional readily removable carboxyl-protecting group with a thiol compound of the formula X?
wherein X? is a counter anion, in an inert solvent and in the presence of base to produce a carbapenem product of the formula X?
wherein R2' and X? are as defined above and, if desired, removing the protecting group R2' to give the corresponding de-blocked compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US53001283A | 1983-09-09 | 1983-09-09 | |
| US530,012 | 1983-09-09 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA1273010A true CA1273010A (en) | 1990-08-21 |
Family
ID=24112102
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA000461853A Expired - Lifetime CA1273010A (en) | 1983-09-09 | 1984-08-27 | Carbapenem process |
Country Status (17)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| KR (1) | KR870001743B1 (en) |
| AT (1) | AT387387B (en) |
| CA (1) | CA1273010A (en) |
| CS (1) | CS248721B2 (en) |
| DD (1) | DD232495A5 (en) |
| DK (1) | DK429584A (en) |
| ES (1) | ES8601218A1 (en) |
| FI (1) | FI843466A7 (en) |
| GR (1) | GR80297B (en) |
| HU (1) | HU192431B (en) |
| LU (1) | LU85535A1 (en) |
| NO (1) | NO843541L (en) |
| OA (1) | OA07808A (en) |
| PT (1) | PT79184B (en) |
| SU (1) | SU1395142A3 (en) |
| YU (1) | YU154884A (en) |
| ZW (1) | ZW15184A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR2945534B1 (en) | 2009-05-12 | 2012-11-16 | Sanofi Aventis | CYCLOPENTAL [c] PYRROLE-2-CARBOXYLATE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| IE52147B1 (en) * | 1980-03-27 | 1987-07-08 | Merck & Co Inc | 4-(3-carboxy-2-oxopropyl)-azetidin-2-ones and process for their preparation |
| EP0074599A1 (en) * | 1981-09-09 | 1983-03-23 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | 5,6-cis-Carbapenem derivatives, their production and use |
-
1984
- 1984-08-27 CA CA000461853A patent/CA1273010A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1984-09-05 ZW ZW151/84A patent/ZW15184A1/en unknown
- 1984-09-05 FI FI843466A patent/FI843466A7/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-09-05 GR GR80297A patent/GR80297B/en unknown
- 1984-09-06 NO NO843541A patent/NO843541L/en unknown
- 1984-09-06 ES ES535718A patent/ES8601218A1/en not_active Expired
- 1984-09-06 CS CS846720A patent/CS248721B2/en unknown
- 1984-09-07 PT PT79184A patent/PT79184B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1984-09-07 DD DD84267116A patent/DD232495A5/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1984-09-07 DK DK429584A patent/DK429584A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-09-07 YU YU01548/84A patent/YU154884A/en unknown
- 1984-09-07 KR KR1019840005486A patent/KR870001743B1/en not_active Expired
- 1984-09-07 HU HU843392A patent/HU192431B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1984-09-07 SU SU843789215A patent/SU1395142A3/en active
- 1984-09-07 OA OA58384A patent/OA07808A/en unknown
- 1984-09-07 LU LU85535A patent/LU85535A1/en unknown
- 1984-09-10 AT AT0289784A patent/AT387387B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| ES535718A0 (en) | 1985-11-01 |
| ZW15184A1 (en) | 1985-04-03 |
| DK429584A (en) | 1985-03-10 |
| DD232495A5 (en) | 1986-01-29 |
| HU192431B (en) | 1987-06-29 |
| NO843541L (en) | 1985-03-11 |
| AT387387B (en) | 1989-01-10 |
| HUT34979A (en) | 1985-05-28 |
| FI843466A7 (en) | 1985-03-10 |
| GR80297B (en) | 1985-01-09 |
| PT79184B (en) | 1986-11-24 |
| SU1395142A3 (en) | 1988-05-07 |
| ES8601218A1 (en) | 1985-11-01 |
| ATA289784A (en) | 1988-06-15 |
| KR870001743B1 (en) | 1987-09-26 |
| YU154884A (en) | 1987-06-30 |
| CS248721B2 (en) | 1987-02-12 |
| FI843466A0 (en) | 1984-09-05 |
| KR850002099A (en) | 1985-05-06 |
| LU85535A1 (en) | 1985-04-29 |
| OA07808A (en) | 1986-11-20 |
| DK429584D0 (en) | 1984-09-07 |
| PT79184A (en) | 1984-10-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA1322002C (en) | 2-(heteroaryliumalkyl)phenyl carbapenem antibacterial agents | |
| EP0337637B1 (en) | 2-(Heterocyclylthio)carbapenem derivatives their preparation and their use as antibiotics | |
| CA1273009A (en) | Carbapenem antibiotics | |
| GB2124207A (en) | 1-sulfo-2-oxoazetidine derivatives | |
| EP0184843A1 (en) | Carbapenems and 1-methylcarbapenems having an externally alkylated mono- or bicyclic 2-quaternary heteroarylalkyl substituent | |
| EP0185315B1 (en) | Carbapenems and 1-methylcarbapenems having a 2-heteroaryliumaliphatic substituent | |
| IE53047B1 (en) | 2-carbamimidoyl-6-substituted-1-carbadethiapen-2-em-3-carboxylic acids, a process for preparing and an antibiotic composition comprising the same | |
| EP0170073A1 (en) | 1-Methylcarbapenems having an externally alkylated mono- or bicyclic 2-quaternary heteroarylalkylthio substituent | |
| CA1283659C (en) | Carbapenem antibiotics | |
| CA1269978A (en) | Carbapenem antibiotics | |
| EP0169410B1 (en) | Carbapenems having a 2-quaternary pyridine altylthio or pyridine alkenylthio substituent, compositions containing the same and combinations with dhp inhibitors | |
| IE840549L (en) | Carbapenem process and intermediates | |
| CA1273010A (en) | Carbapenem process | |
| CA1273015A (en) | Carbapenems with quaternized heterothioalkylthio substitution at position 2 | |
| CA1272719A (en) | Carbapenem antibiotics | |
| CS226166B2 (en) | Method of preparing thienamycine derivatives | |
| EP0184842A2 (en) | Carbapenems having an internally or externally alkylated mono- or bicyclic 2-quaternary heteroarylalkyl heteromethyl substituent | |
| US4277482A (en) | 3-Substituted thio-6-amido-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]-hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid s-oxides | |
| US5276149A (en) | 2-(N-imidazoliumphenyl)-carbapenems | |
| EP0001264A1 (en) | Substituted N-methylene derivatives of thienamycin sulfoxide and sulfone and their preparation | |
| US3979384A (en) | C-3 Substituted cephalosporins | |
| EP0538017A1 (en) | 2-(N-Imidazoliumphenyl)-carbapenems | |
| HU198491B (en) | Process for producing carbapenem antibiotics | |
| CA1273014A (en) | Carbapenem process | |
| CA2023143A1 (en) | 2-(heterocyclylheteroaryliumalkyl) phenyl carbapenem antibacterial agents |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MKLA | Lapsed |